See in Reader
400 KiB
400 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | JHN | front | intro | t6za | 0 | # Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1-18)<br>1. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19-51)<br>1. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2-11)<br>1. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12-19)<br>- Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1-11)<br>- Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12-19)<br>- Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20-36)<br>- The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37-50)<br>- Jesus teaches his disciples (13-17)<br>- Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1-19:15)<br>- Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16-42)<br>1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1-29)<br>1. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30-31)<br>1. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31).<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author.<br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets ([]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53–8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
| 3 | JHN | 1 | intro | k29b | 0 | # John 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([John 1:1, 14](./01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>When people believes in Jesus, they go from being “children of wrath” to “children of God.” They are adopted into the “family of God.”They are adopted into the “family of God.” This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 1:51](../../jhn/01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 4 | JHN | 1 | 1 | er9g | ἐν ἀρχῇ | 1 | In the beginning | This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. | |
| 5 | JHN | 1 | 1 | z59q | ὁ λόγος | 1 | the Word | This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” | |
| 6 | JHN | 1 | 3 | gm5g | figs-activepassive | πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο | 1 | All things were made through him | This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 7 | JHN | 1 | 3 | aqs1 | figs-activepassive | χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν | 1 | without him there was not one thing made that has been made | This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 8 | JHN | 1 | 4 | pz5c | figs-metonymy | ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | In him was life, and the life was the light of men | **In him was life** is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, **light** here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 9 | JHN | 1 | 4 | dv2f | ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | In him | Here, **him** refers to the one who is called the Word. | |
| 10 | JHN | 1 | 4 | wxn4 | ζωὴ | 1 | life | Here use a general term for **life**. If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.” | |
| 11 | JHN | 1 | 5 | y5ry | figs-metaphor | τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν | 1 | The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it | Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here, **darkness** is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 12 | JHN | 1 | 7 | mht8 | figs-metaphor | μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός | 1 | testify about the light | Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 13 | JHN | 1 | 9 | xe1z | figs-metaphor | τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν | 1 | The true light | Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 14 | JHN | 1 | 10 | b93e | ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω | 1 | He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him | “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him” | |
| 15 | JHN | 1 | 10 | ke5s | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω | 1 | the world did not know him | The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 16 | JHN | 1 | 11 | jr6d | εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον | 1 | He came to his own, and his own did not receive him | “He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either” | |
| 17 | JHN | 1 | 11 | va1w | αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον | 1 | receive him | “accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him. | |
| 18 | JHN | 1 | 12 | jp3y | figs-metonymy | πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | believed in his name | The word **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 19 | JHN | 1 | 12 | x4f9 | ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν | 1 | he gave the right | “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them” | |
| 20 | JHN | 1 | 12 | uc6e | figs-metaphor | τέκνα Θεοῦ | 1 | children of God | The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 21 | JHN | 1 | 14 | ft2l | ὁ λόγος | 1 | The Word | This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). | |
| 22 | JHN | 1 | 14 | x1ae | figs-synecdoche | σὰρξ ἐγένετο | 1 | became flesh | Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 23 | JHN | 1 | 14 | wa23 | μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός | 1 | the one and only who came from the Father | The phrase **the one an only** means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase **who came from the Father** means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father” | |
| 24 | JHN | 1 | 14 | b5t5 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | πατρός | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 25 | JHN | 1 | 14 | tg4m | πλήρης χάριτος | 1 | full of grace | “full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve” | |
| 26 | JHN | 1 | 15 | k7rm | ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος | 1 | He who comes after me | John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **comes after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. | |
| 27 | JHN | 1 | 15 | q75h | ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν | 1 | is greater than I am | “is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have” | |
| 28 | JHN | 1 | 15 | lrd7 | ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν | 1 | for he was before me | Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive. | |
| 29 | JHN | 1 | 16 | p3zg | τοῦ πληρώματος | 1 | fullness | This word refers to God’s grace that has no end. | |
| 30 | JHN | 1 | 16 | b9r1 | χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος | 1 | grace after grace | “blessing after blessing” | |
| 31 | JHN | 1 | 18 | h5cq | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρὸς | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 32 | JHN | 1 | 19 | e1dz | figs-synecdoche | ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων | 1 | the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem | The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 33 | JHN | 1 | 20 | b7zz | ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν | 1 | He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed | The phrase **he did not deny** says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. | |
| 34 | JHN | 1 | 21 | iv9d | τί οὖν? σὺ | 1 | What are you then? | “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?” | |
| 35 | JHN | 1 | 22 | t8ib | 0 | Connecting Statement: | John continues to speak with the priests and Levites. | ||
| 36 | JHN | 1 | 22 | sa3t | εἶπαν…αὐτῷ | 1 | they said to him | “the priests and Levites said to John” | |
| 37 | JHN | 1 | 22 | x8wz | figs-exclusive | δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς | 1 | we may give…us | the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 38 | JHN | 1 | 23 | a732 | ἔφη | 1 | He said | “John said” | |
| 39 | JHN | 1 | 23 | baa5 | figs-metonymy | ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ | 1 | I am a voice, crying in the wilderness | John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word **voice** here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 40 | JHN | 1 | 23 | iry1 | figs-metaphor | εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου | 1 | Make the way of the Lord straight | Here the word **way** is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 41 | JHN | 1 | 24 | bk96 | writing-background | καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων | 1 | Now some from the Pharisees | This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 42 | JHN | 1 | 26 | r4ty | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 43 | JHN | 1 | 27 | x2ki | figs-explicit | ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος | 1 | who comes after me | You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 44 | JHN | 1 | 27 | y7v5 | figs-metaphor | μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος | 1 | me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie | Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 45 | JHN | 1 | 29 | j397 | figs-metaphor | Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Lamb of God | This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 46 | JHN | 1 | 29 | rg4n | figs-metonymy | κόσμου | 1 | world | The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 47 | JHN | 1 | 30 | x393 | ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. | 1 | The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me | See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md). | |
| 48 | JHN | 1 | 32 | mcc7 | καταβαῖνον | 1 | descending | coming down from above | |
| 49 | JHN | 1 | 32 | xyr3 | figs-simile | ὡς περιστερὰν | 1 | like a dove | This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 50 | JHN | 1 | 32 | uji2 | οὐρανοῦ | 1 | heaven | The word **heaven** refers to the “sky.” | |
| 51 | JHN | 1 | 34 | ea3y | translate-textvariants | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the Son of God | Some copies of this text say “Son of God”; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
| 52 | JHN | 1 | 34 | naf2 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 53 | JHN | 1 | 35 | i3lg | τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν | 1 | Again, the next day | This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus. | |
| 54 | JHN | 1 | 36 | ap5m | figs-metaphor | Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Lamb of God | This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 55 | JHN | 1 | 39 | tb9j | ὥρα…δεκάτη | 1 | tenth hour | “hour 10.” This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m. | |
| 56 | JHN | 1 | 40 | x8g8 | 0 | General Information: | These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md). | ||
| 57 | JHN | 1 | 42 | k2dx | υἱὸς Ἰωάννου | 1 | son of John | This is not John the Baptist. “John” was a very common name. | |
| 58 | JHN | 1 | 44 | i5bm | writing-background | ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου | 1 | Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter | This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 59 | JHN | 1 | 46 | s2kg | εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ | 1 | Nathaniel said to him | “Nathaniel said to Philip” | |
| 60 | JHN | 1 | 46 | i4wp | figs-rquestion | ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι | 1 | Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? | This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 61 | JHN | 1 | 47 | ys8d | figs-litotes | ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν | 1 | in whom is no deceit | This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 62 | JHN | 1 | 49 | l666 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 63 | JHN | 1 | 50 | p3ma | figs-rquestion | ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις | 1 | Because I said to you…do you believe? | This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 64 | JHN | 1 | 51 | ga44 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. | |
| 65 | JHN | 2 | intro | jav2 | 0 | # John 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)). | |||
| 66 | JHN | 2 | 1 | rl16 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 67 | JHN | 2 | 1 | vw9e | τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ | 1 | Three days later | Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43. | |
| 68 | JHN | 2 | 2 | xm3r | figs-activepassive | ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον | 1 | Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding | This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 69 | JHN | 2 | 4 | a2ji | γύναι | 1 | Woman | This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out. | |
| 70 | JHN | 2 | 4 | jc75 | figs-rquestion | τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί | 1 | why do you come to me? | This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 71 | JHN | 2 | 4 | v5x5 | figs-metonymy | οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου | 1 | My time has not yet come | The word **time** is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 72 | JHN | 2 | 6 | y7p3 | translate-bvolume | μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς | 1 | two to three metretes | You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) |
| 73 | JHN | 2 | 7 | vt75 | ἕως ἄνω | 1 | to the brim | This means “to the very top” or “completely full.” | |
| 74 | JHN | 2 | 8 | h9gr | τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ | 1 | the head waiter | This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink. | |
| 75 | JHN | 2 | 9 | yg44 | writing-background | οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ | 1 | but the servants who had drawn the water knew | This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 76 | JHN | 2 | 10 | mh3s | μεθυσθῶσιν | 1 | drunk | unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol | |
| 77 | JHN | 2 | 11 | sq53 | writing-newevent | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 78 | JHN | 2 | 11 | r5kb | translate-names | Κανὰ | 1 | Cana | This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 79 | JHN | 2 | 11 | z3tk | ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ | 1 | revealed his glory | Here, **his glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power” | |
| 80 | JHN | 2 | 12 | h9tu | κατέβη | 1 | went down | This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation. | |
| 81 | JHN | 2 | 12 | x3f7 | οἱ ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | his brothers | The word **brothers** includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was. | |
| 82 | JHN | 2 | 13 | bh23 | 0 | General Information: | Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple. | ||
| 83 | JHN | 2 | 13 | xr29 | ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | went up to Jerusalem | This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill. | |
| 84 | JHN | 2 | 14 | i8lv | καθημένους | 1 | were sitting there | The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. | |
| 85 | JHN | 2 | 14 | sa75 | τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς | 1 | sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons | People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God. | |
| 86 | JHN | 2 | 14 | qu9k | κερματιστὰς | 1 | money changers | Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the “money changers.” | |
| 87 | JHN | 2 | 15 | x6et | καὶ | 1 | So | This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple. | |
| 88 | JHN | 2 | 16 | r16m | μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου | 1 | Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace | “Stop buying and selling things in my Father’s house” | |
| 89 | JHN | 2 | 16 | h6qy | τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου | 1 | the house of my Father | This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple. | |
| 90 | JHN | 2 | 16 | grg3 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ πατρός μου | 1 | my Father | This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 91 | JHN | 2 | 17 | c2pu | figs-activepassive | γεγραμμένον ἐστίν | 1 | it was written | This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 92 | JHN | 2 | 17 | ua3v | τοῦ οἴκου σου | 1 | your house | This term refers to the temple, God’s house. | |
| 93 | JHN | 2 | 17 | gg1w | figs-metaphor | καταφάγεταί | 1 | consume | The word **consume** points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 94 | JHN | 2 | 18 | qtx1 | σημεῖον | 1 | sign | This refers to an event that proves something is true. | |
| 95 | JHN | 2 | 18 | r5rw | ταῦτα | 1 | these things | This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple. | |
| 96 | JHN | 2 | 19 | mp6i | figs-hypo | λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν | 1 | Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up | Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words **destroy** and **raise** using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 97 | JHN | 2 | 19 | k2pz | ἐγερῶ αὐτόν | 1 | raise it up | “cause it to stand” | |
| 98 | JHN | 2 | 20 | g6jx | writing-endofstory | 0 | General Information: | Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 99 | JHN | 2 | 20 | rn6x | translate-numbers | τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις | 1 | forty-six years…three days | “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 100 | JHN | 2 | 20 | xbx3 | figs-rquestion | σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν | 1 | you will raise it up in three days? | This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 101 | JHN | 2 | 22 | gq2w | ἐπίστευσαν | 1 | believed | Here, **believe** means to accept something or trust that it is true. | |
| 102 | JHN | 2 | 22 | ewi1 | τῷ λόγῳ | 1 | this statement | This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md). | |
| 103 | JHN | 2 | 23 | kvn6 | ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις | 1 | Now when he was in Jerusalem | The word **now** introduces us to a new event in the story. | |
| 104 | JHN | 2 | 23 | w3qv | figs-metonymy | ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | believed in his name | Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 105 | JHN | 2 | 23 | u65n | τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει | 1 | the signs that he did | Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. | |
| 106 | JHN | 2 | 25 | et23 | figs-gendernotations | περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ | 1 | about man, for he knew what was in man | Here the word **man** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 107 | JHN | 3 | intro | i7a7 | 0 | # John 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 108 | JHN | 3 | 1 | yl6f | 0 | General Information: | Nicodemus comes to see Jesus. | ||
| 109 | JHN | 3 | 1 | s9p9 | writing-participants | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 110 | JHN | 3 | 2 | skq8 | οἴδαμεν | 1 | we know | Here, **we** is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council. | |
| 111 | JHN | 3 | 3 | b9u1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking. | ||
| 112 | JHN | 3 | 3 | nz18 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 113 | JHN | 3 | 3 | t8pt | γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν | 1 | born again | “born from above” or “born of God” | |
| 114 | JHN | 3 | 3 | ikj9 | figs-metaphor | Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | kingdom of God | The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 115 | JHN | 3 | 4 | wa1p | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν | 1 | How can a man be born when he is old? | Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 116 | JHN | 3 | 4 | yk9d | figs-rquestion | μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι | 1 | He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? | Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 117 | JHN | 3 | 4 | z64b | δεύτερον | 1 | a second time | “again” or “twice” | |
| 118 | JHN | 3 | 4 | ppr8 | τὴν κοιλίαν | 1 | womb | the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows | |
| 119 | JHN | 3 | 5 | il52 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md). | |
| 120 | JHN | 3 | 5 | n6d7 | figs-metaphor | γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος | 1 | born of water and the Spirit | There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 121 | JHN | 3 | 5 | m37g | figs-metaphor | εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | enter into the kingdom of God | The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 122 | JHN | 3 | 7 | t2sl | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus. | ||
| 123 | JHN | 3 | 7 | lpj4 | δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν | 1 | You must be born again | “You must be born from above” | |
| 124 | JHN | 3 | 8 | p87y | figs-personification | τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ | 1 | The wind blows wherever it wishes | In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the **wind** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 125 | JHN | 3 | 9 | g4ji | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι | 1 | How can these things be? | This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 126 | JHN | 3 | 10 | gw2h | figs-rquestion | σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις | 1 | Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? | Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 127 | JHN | 3 | 10 | gbu5 | σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις | 1 | Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand | The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) | |
| 128 | JHN | 3 | 11 | j1k1 | οὐ λαμβάνετε | 1 | you do not accept | The word **you** is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) | |
| 129 | JHN | 3 | 11 | jt1f | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 130 | JHN | 3 | 11 | upi7 | figs-exclusive | λαλοῦμεν | 1 | we speak | When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 131 | JHN | 3 | 12 | y4e9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus. | ||
| 132 | JHN | 3 | 12 | pt4x | figs-you | εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε | 1 | I told you…you do not believe…how will you believe if I tell you | In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 133 | JHN | 3 | 12 | c6ia | figs-rquestion | πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε | 1 | how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? | This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 134 | JHN | 3 | 12 | lbv3 | εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε | 1 | heavenly things | spiritual things | |
| 135 | JHN | 3 | 14 | tb3s | figs-simile | καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up | This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
| 136 | JHN | 3 | 14 | f9yi | ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ | 1 | in the wilderness | The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years. | |
| 137 | JHN | 3 | 16 | uxc2 | figs-metonymy | οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον | 1 | God so loved the world | Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 138 | JHN | 3 | 16 | jen2 | ἠγάπησεν | 1 | loved | This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. | |
| 139 | JHN | 3 | 17 | b7vf | figs-parallelism | οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him | These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 140 | JHN | 3 | 17 | rv45 | ἵνα κρίνῃ | 1 | to condemn | “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God. | |
| 141 | JHN | 3 | 18 | eb54 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 142 | JHN | 3 | 19 | z9d2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus. | ||
| 143 | JHN | 3 | 19 | t9z5 | figs-metaphor | τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον | 1 | The light has come into the world | The word **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 144 | JHN | 3 | 19 | h4nk | figs-metaphor | ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος | 1 | men loved the darkness | Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 145 | JHN | 3 | 20 | u25p | figs-activepassive | ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ | 1 | so that his deeds will not be exposed | This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 146 | JHN | 3 | 21 | l7ax | figs-activepassive | φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι | 1 | plainly seen that his deeds | This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 147 | JHN | 3 | 22 | uy4j | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | After this | This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md). | |
| 148 | JHN | 3 | 23 | x1ge | translate-names | Αἰνὼν | 1 | Aenon | This word means “springs,” as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 149 | JHN | 3 | 23 | e5v2 | translate-names | τοῦ Σαλείμ | 1 | Salim | a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 150 | JHN | 3 | 23 | jh2w | ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ | 1 | because there was much water there | “because there were many springs in that place” | |
| 151 | JHN | 3 | 23 | ukz2 | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίζοντο | 1 | were being baptized | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 152 | JHN | 3 | 25 | ft8r | figs-activepassive | ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου | 1 | Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew | This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 153 | JHN | 3 | 25 | fuq2 | ζήτησις | 1 | a dispute | a fight using words | |
| 154 | JHN | 3 | 26 | jr28 | σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει | 1 | you have testified, look, he is baptizing, | In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) | |
| 155 | JHN | 3 | 27 | kl21 | οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ | 1 | A man cannot receive anything unless | “Nobody has any power unless” | |
| 156 | JHN | 3 | 27 | hap4 | figs-metonymy | ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | it has been given to him from heaven | Here, **heaven** is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 157 | JHN | 3 | 28 | l9yt | figs-you | αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς | 1 | You yourselves | This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 158 | JHN | 3 | 28 | nf9l | figs-activepassive | ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου | 1 | I have been sent before him | This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 159 | JHN | 3 | 29 | k5xq | 0 | Connecting Statement: | John the Baptist continues speaking. | ||
| 160 | JHN | 3 | 29 | p569 | figs-metaphor | ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν | 1 | The bride belongs to the bridegroom | Here the **bride** and **bridegroom** are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 161 | JHN | 3 | 29 | wkb8 | figs-activepassive | αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται | 1 | This, then, is my joy made complete | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 162 | JHN | 3 | 29 | hnw2 | ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ | 1 | my joy | The word **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. | |
| 163 | JHN | 3 | 30 | kn9s | ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν | 1 | He must increase | “He” refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance. | |
| 164 | JHN | 3 | 31 | qd7t | ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν | 1 | He who comes from above is above all | “He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else” | |
| 165 | JHN | 3 | 31 | mhk9 | figs-metonymy | ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ | 1 | He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth | John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 166 | JHN | 3 | 31 | qrg7 | ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν | 1 | He who comes from heaven is above all | This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis. | |
| 167 | JHN | 3 | 32 | c5yt | ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ | 1 | He testifies about what he has seen and heard | John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven” | |
| 168 | JHN | 3 | 32 | kqi1 | figs-hyperbole | τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει | 1 | no one accepts his testimony | Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 169 | JHN | 3 | 33 | k36d | ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν | 1 | He who has received his testimony | “Anyone who believes what Jesus says” | |
| 170 | JHN | 3 | 33 | g5x4 | ἐσφράγισεν | 1 | has confirmed | “proves” or “agrees” | |
| 171 | JHN | 3 | 34 | db8m | 0 | Connecting Statement: | John the Baptist finishes speaking. | ||
| 172 | JHN | 3 | 34 | rr83 | ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | For the one whom God has sent | “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him” | |
| 173 | JHN | 3 | 34 | bnx8 | οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | For he does not give the Spirit by measure | “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit” | |
| 174 | JHN | 3 | 35 | hmk4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ…Υἱόν | 1 | Father…Son | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 175 | JHN | 3 | 35 | ha4e | figs-idiom | δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | given…into his hand | This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 176 | JHN | 3 | 36 | u1ks | ὁ πιστεύων | 1 | He who believes | “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes” | |
| 177 | JHN | 3 | 36 | zy7u | ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν | 1 | the wrath of God stays on him | The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) | |
| 178 | JHN | 4 | intro | j1hv | 0 | # John 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important. | |||
| 179 | JHN | 4 | 1 | jum6 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 180 | JHN | 4 | 1 | ci4n | 0 | Connecting Statement: | A long sentence begins here. | ||
| 181 | JHN | 4 | 1 | b1vc | ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης | 1 | Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John | “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.” | |
| 182 | JHN | 4 | 1 | h6ek | ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Now when Jesus knew | The word **now** is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative. | |
| 183 | JHN | 4 | 2 | d4ng | figs-rpronouns | Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν | 1 | Jesus himself was not baptizing | The reflexive pronoun “himself” adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 184 | JHN | 4 | 3 | dm2t | ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν | 1 | he left Judea and went back again to Galilee | You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee” | |
| 185 | JHN | 4 | 7 | g82d | δός μοι πεῖν | 1 | Give me some water | This is a polite request, not a command. | |
| 186 | JHN | 4 | 8 | u29c | οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν | 1 | For his disciples had gone | He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone. | |
| 187 | JHN | 4 | 9 | l2qh | λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις | 1 | Then the Samaritan woman said to him | The word **him** refers to Jesus. | |
| 188 | JHN | 4 | 9 | xdw7 | figs-rquestion | πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς | 1 | How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking…for something to drink? | This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 189 | JHN | 4 | 9 | px8w | οὐ…συνχρῶνται | 1 | have no dealings with | “do not associate with” | |
| 190 | JHN | 4 | 10 | zub5 | figs-metaphor | ὕδωρ ζῶν | 1 | living water | Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 191 | JHN | 4 | 12 | di9q | figs-rquestion | μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ | 1 | You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob…cattle? | This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob…cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 192 | JHN | 4 | 12 | knw5 | τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ | 1 | our father Jacob | “our ancestor Jacob” | |
| 193 | JHN | 4 | 12 | sj7n | ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν | 1 | drank from it | “drank water that came from it” | |
| 194 | JHN | 4 | 13 | leu7 | διψήσει πάλιν | 1 | will be thirsty again | “will need to drink water again” | |
| 195 | JHN | 4 | 14 | g598 | figs-metaphor | τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος | 1 | the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him | Here the word **fountain** is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 196 | JHN | 4 | 14 | fha9 | ζωὴν αἰώνιον | 1 | eternal life | Here, **life** refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give. | |
| 197 | JHN | 4 | 15 | iz1p | κύριε | 1 | Sir | In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness. | |
| 198 | JHN | 4 | 15 | hd9f | ἀντλεῖν | 1 | draw water | “get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope | |
| 199 | JHN | 4 | 18 | zpl1 | τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας | 1 | What you have said is true | Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth. | |
| 200 | JHN | 4 | 19 | kfs1 | κύριε | 1 | Sir | In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as “sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness. | |
| 201 | JHN | 4 | 19 | za2w | θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ | 1 | I see that you are a prophet | “I can understand that you are a prophet” | |
| 202 | JHN | 4 | 20 | hp3m | οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν | 1 | Our fathers | “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” | |
| 203 | JHN | 4 | 21 | klz9 | πίστευέ μοι | 1 | Believe me | To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true. | |
| 204 | JHN | 4 | 21 | nu5m | προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί | 1 | you will worship the Father | Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews. | |
| 205 | JHN | 4 | 21 | ff27 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρί | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 206 | JHN | 4 | 22 | guu4 | ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν | 1 | You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know | Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans. | |
| 207 | JHN | 4 | 22 | i2df | ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν | 1 | for salvation is from the Jews | This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for all people will know about God’s salvation because of the Jews” | |
| 208 | JHN | 4 | 22 | yj1y | ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν | 1 | salvation is from the Jews | Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews. | |
| 209 | JHN | 4 | 23 | bs1p | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman. | ||
| 210 | JHN | 4 | 23 | atm4 | ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν | 1 | However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will | “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to” | |
| 211 | JHN | 4 | 23 | k1gf | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τῷ Πατρὶ | 1 | the Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 212 | JHN | 4 | 23 | fb51 | ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ | 1 | in spirit and truth | Possible meanings are the **spirit** here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth” | |
| 213 | JHN | 4 | 23 | utt7 | ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ | 1 | in…truth | thinking correctly of what is true about God | |
| 214 | JHN | 4 | 25 | lp44 | οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός | 1 | I know that the Messiah…Christ | Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.” | |
| 215 | JHN | 4 | 25 | u8nb | figs-explicit | ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα | 1 | he will explain everything to us | The words **explain everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 216 | JHN | 4 | 27 | vk5j | ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | At that moment his disciples returned | “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town” | |
| 217 | JHN | 4 | 27 | p39j | καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει | 1 | Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman | It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan. | |
| 218 | JHN | 4 | 27 | cbc9 | οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? | 1 | no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” | Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’” | |
| 219 | JHN | 4 | 29 | hb5h | figs-hyperbole | δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα | 1 | Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done | The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 220 | JHN | 4 | 29 | dl18 | μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός | 1 | This could not be the Christ, could it? | The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves. | |
| 221 | JHN | 4 | 31 | t6hy | ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ | 1 | In the meantime | “While the woman was going into town” | |
| 222 | JHN | 4 | 31 | d4fu | ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ | 1 | the disciples were urging him | “the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus” | |
| 223 | JHN | 4 | 32 | j8h2 | ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε | 1 | I have food to eat that you do not know about | Here Jesus is not talking about literal **food**, but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md). | |
| 224 | JHN | 4 | 33 | w451 | figs-rquestion | μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν | 1 | No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? | The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 225 | JHN | 4 | 34 | tvp1 | figs-metaphor | ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον | 1 | My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work | Here, **food** is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 226 | JHN | 4 | 35 | u5d6 | οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε | 1 | Do you not say | “Is this not one of your popular sayings” | |
| 227 | JHN | 4 | 35 | tyw3 | figs-metaphor | ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη | 1 | look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest | The words **fields** and **ripe for harvest** are metaphors. The **fields** represent people. The words **ripe for harvest** mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 228 | JHN | 4 | 36 | qc31 | figs-metaphor | καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον | 1 | and gathers fruit for everlasting life | Here, **fruit for everlasting life** is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 229 | JHN | 4 | 37 | w4xn | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. | ||
| 230 | JHN | 4 | 37 | rqe7 | figs-metaphor | ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων | 1 | One sows, and another harvests | The words **sows** and **harvests** are metaphors. The one who **sows** shares the message of Jesus. The one who **harvests** helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 231 | JHN | 4 | 38 | slw4 | ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε | 1 | you have entered into their labor | “you are now joining in their work” | |
| 232 | JHN | 4 | 39 | mc7p | ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν | 1 | believed in him | To **believe in** someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God. | |
| 233 | JHN | 4 | 39 | qda3 | figs-hyperbole | εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα | 1 | He told me everything that I have done | This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 234 | JHN | 4 | 41 | qrj5 | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ | 1 | his word | Here, **word** is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 235 | JHN | 4 | 42 | k4cz | figs-metonymy | κόσμου | 1 | world | The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 236 | JHN | 4 | 43 | n1mk | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 237 | JHN | 4 | 43 | gj2f | ἐκεῖθεν | 1 | from there | from Judea | |
| 238 | JHN | 4 | 44 | t1li | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν | 1 | For Jesus himself declared | The reflexive pronoun “himself” is added to emphasize that Jesus had “declared” or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 239 | JHN | 4 | 44 | fx22 | προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει | 1 | a prophet has no honor in his own country | “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community” | |
| 240 | JHN | 4 | 45 | v9la | ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ | 1 | at the festival | Here the festival is the Passover. | |
| 241 | JHN | 4 | 46 | ffm3 | οὖν | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. | |
| 242 | JHN | 4 | 46 | bp3w | βασιλικὸς | 1 | royal official | someone who is in the service of the king | |
| 243 | JHN | 4 | 48 | u73r | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε | 1 | Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe | **Unless…not believe** here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 244 | JHN | 4 | 50 | uwa3 | figs-metonymy | ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ | 1 | believed the word | Here, **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 245 | JHN | 4 | 51 | a5gw | ἤδη | 1 | While | This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road. | |
| 246 | JHN | 4 | 53 | jhg4 | καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη | 1 | So he himself and his whole household believed | The reflexive pronoun **himself** is used here to emphasize the word **he**. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. | |
| 247 | JHN | 4 | 54 | k5x6 | σημεῖον | 1 | sign | Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. | |
| 248 | JHN | 5 | intro | qe17 | 0 | # John 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 249 | JHN | 5 | 1 | urn9 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 250 | JHN | 5 | 1 | ea65 | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | After this | This refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md). | |
| 251 | JHN | 5 | 1 | b1pz | ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | there was a Jewish festival | “the Jews were celebrating a festival” | |
| 252 | JHN | 5 | 1 | z4th | ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | went up to Jerusalem | Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here. | |
| 253 | JHN | 5 | 2 | h3w5 | κολυμβήθρα | 1 | pool | This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. | |
| 254 | JHN | 5 | 2 | dt12 | translate-names | Βηθζαθά | 1 | Bethesda | a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 255 | JHN | 5 | 2 | luz3 | στοὰς | 1 | roofed porches | roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings | |
| 256 | JHN | 5 | 3 | ytj4 | πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων | 1 | A large number of the people who were sick | “Many people” | |
| 257 | JHN | 5 | 5 | r1gt | writing-participants | 0 | General Information: | Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 258 | JHN | 5 | 5 | bez8 | ἦν…ἐκεῖ | 1 | was there | “was at the Bethesda pool” ([John 5:1](../05/01.md)) | |
| 259 | JHN | 5 | 5 | z6e1 | translate-numbers | τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη | 1 | thirty-eight years | “38 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 260 | JHN | 5 | 6 | c7ef | γνοὺς | 1 | he realized | “he understood” or “he found out” | |
| 261 | JHN | 5 | 6 | w97q | λέγει αὐτῷ | 1 | he said to him | “Jesus said to the paralyzed man” | |
| 262 | JHN | 5 | 7 | aeu3 | κύριε…οὐκ ἔχω | 1 | Sir, I do not have | Here the word **sir** is a polite form of address. | |
| 263 | JHN | 5 | 7 | ny5f | figs-activepassive | ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ | 1 | when the water is stirred up | This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 264 | JHN | 5 | 7 | kul6 | εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν | 1 | into the pool | This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md). | |
| 265 | JHN | 5 | 7 | u93g | ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει | 1 | another steps down before me | “someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me” | |
| 266 | JHN | 5 | 8 | eqe4 | ἔγειρε | 1 | Get up | “Stand up!” | |
| 267 | JHN | 5 | 8 | ft81 | ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει | 1 | take up your bed, and walk | “Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!” | |
| 268 | JHN | 5 | 9 | z33x | ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | the man was healed | “the man became healthy again” | |
| 269 | JHN | 5 | 9 | i4tk | writing-background | δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | Now that day | The writer uses the word **now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 270 | JHN | 5 | 10 | ja3x | ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ | 1 | So the Jews said to him who was healed | The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath. | |
| 271 | JHN | 5 | 10 | xd9b | Σάββατόν ἐστιν | 1 | It is the Sabbath | “It is God’s Day of Rest” | |
| 272 | JHN | 5 | 11 | en3v | ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ | 1 | He who made me healthy | “The man who made me well” | |
| 273 | JHN | 5 | 12 | r7nx | ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν | 1 | They asked him | “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” | |
| 274 | JHN | 5 | 14 | h1ri | εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus found him | “Jesus found the man he had healed” | |
| 275 | JHN | 5 | 14 | h39z | ἴδε | 1 | See | The word **See** is used here to draw attention to the words that follow. | |
| 276 | JHN | 5 | 16 | efg2 | writing-background | καὶ | 1 | Now | The writer uses the word **now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 277 | JHN | 5 | 16 | kup5 | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 278 | JHN | 5 | 17 | ijd8 | ἐργάζεται | 1 | is working | This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people. | |
| 279 | JHN | 5 | 17 | lq1v | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | My Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 280 | JHN | 5 | 18 | n8bh | ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | making himself equal to God | “saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God” | |
| 281 | JHN | 5 | 19 | f2qp | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders. | ||
| 282 | JHN | 5 | 19 | rr9q | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 283 | JHN | 5 | 19 | x9sl | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ | 1 | whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. | Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 284 | JHN | 5 | 19 | iuc7 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς…Πατέρα | 1 | Son…Father | These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 285 | JHN | 5 | 20 | zlr7 | ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε | 1 | you will be amazed | “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked” | |
| 286 | JHN | 5 | 20 | t3b4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν | 1 | For the Father loves the Son | Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 287 | JHN | 5 | 20 | x8ac | φιλεῖ | 1 | loves | The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. | |
| 288 | JHN | 5 | 21 | s6te | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς | 1 | Father…Son | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 289 | JHN | 5 | 21 | xzu4 | ζῳοποιεῖ | 1 | life | This refers to “spiritual life.” | |
| 290 | JHN | 5 | 22 | b2l6 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ | 1 | For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son | The word **for** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 291 | JHN | 5 | 23 | p2kj | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father | God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 292 | JHN | 5 | 24 | w6wu | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 293 | JHN | 5 | 24 | eg5h | figs-metonymy | ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων | 1 | he who hears my word | Here, **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 294 | JHN | 5 | 24 | ql7q | figs-doublenegatives | εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται | 1 | will not be condemned | This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 295 | JHN | 5 | 25 | gtu6 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 296 | JHN | 5 | 25 | s23d | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν | 1 | the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live | The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 297 | JHN | 5 | 25 | d81y | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 298 | JHN | 5 | 26 | p6ub | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ | 1 | For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself | The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 299 | JHN | 5 | 26 | x136 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ | 1 | Father…Son | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 300 | JHN | 5 | 26 | f5vq | ζωὴν | 1 | life | This means spiritual life. | |
| 301 | JHN | 5 | 27 | g58f | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Son of Man | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 302 | JHN | 5 | 27 | pr1c | ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν | 1 | the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment | The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge. | |
| 303 | JHN | 5 | 28 | sr8j | μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο | 1 | Do not be amazed at this | “This” refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment. | |
| 304 | JHN | 5 | 28 | h9l7 | ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | hear his voice | “hear my voice” | |
| 305 | JHN | 5 | 30 | ayn1 | τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με | 1 | the will of him who sent me | The word **him** refers to God the Father. | |
| 306 | JHN | 5 | 32 | yt31 | ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | There is another who testifies about me | “There is someone else who tells people about me” | |
| 307 | JHN | 5 | 32 | nr3l | ἄλλος | 1 | another | This refers to God. | |
| 308 | JHN | 5 | 32 | uxh5 | ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | the testimony that he gives about me is true | “what he tells people about me is true” | |
| 309 | JHN | 5 | 34 | rvc5 | ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω | 1 | the testimony that I receive is not from man | “I do not need people’s testimony” | |
| 310 | JHN | 5 | 34 | a4je | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε | 1 | that you might be saved | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 311 | JHN | 5 | 35 | w4w3 | figs-metaphor | ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while | Here, **lamp** and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 312 | JHN | 5 | 36 | rt6j | τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν | 1 | the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me | God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do. | |
| 313 | JHN | 5 | 36 | dvr9 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 314 | JHN | 5 | 36 | yz3u | figs-personification | αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | the very works that I do, testify about me | Here Jesus says that the miracles **testify** or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 315 | JHN | 5 | 37 | p157 | figs-rpronouns | ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν | 1 | The Father who sent me has himself testified | The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 316 | JHN | 5 | 38 | lxm4 | τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε | 1 | You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent | “You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you” | |
| 317 | JHN | 5 | 38 | dfn1 | figs-metaphor | τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα | 1 | You do not have his word remaining in you | Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “You do not live according to his word” or “You do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 318 | JHN | 5 | 38 | rc2n | τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ | 1 | his word | “the message he spoke to you” | |
| 319 | JHN | 5 | 39 | xi22 | ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν | 1 | in them you have eternal life | “you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life” | |
| 320 | JHN | 5 | 40 | dzm2 | οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με | 1 | you are not willing to come to me | “you refuse to believe my message” | |
| 321 | JHN | 5 | 41 | c1rx | λαμβάνω | 1 | receive | accept | |
| 322 | JHN | 5 | 42 | b1j4 | τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς | 1 | you do not have the love of God in yourselves | This can mean (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.” | |
| 323 | JHN | 5 | 43 | zw65 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | in my Father’s name | Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 324 | JHN | 5 | 43 | rtb9 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 325 | JHN | 5 | 43 | ue9f | λαμβάνετέ | 1 | receive | welcome as a friend | |
| 326 | JHN | 5 | 43 | p7jg | figs-metonymy | ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ | 1 | If another should come in his own name | The word **name** is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 327 | JHN | 5 | 44 | e999 | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ | 1 | How can you believe, you who accept praise…God? | This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 328 | JHN | 5 | 44 | g7qd | πιστεῦσαι | 1 | believe | This means to trust in Jesus. | |
| 329 | JHN | 5 | 45 | kk5q | figs-metonymy | ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε | 1 | The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope | **Moses** here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 330 | JHN | 5 | 45 | pf98 | ἠλπίκατε | 1 | your hope | “your confidence” or “your trust” | |
| 331 | JHN | 5 | 47 | b8dd | figs-rquestion | εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε | 1 | If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? | This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 332 | JHN | 5 | 47 | x7h9 | τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν | 1 | my words | “what I say” | |
| 333 | JHN | 6 | intro | xe4t | 0 | # John 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 334 | JHN | 6 | 1 | qhj7 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 335 | JHN | 6 | 1 | el4l | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | After these things | The phrase **these things** refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows. | |
| 336 | JHN | 6 | 1 | z345 | figs-explicit | ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus went away | It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 337 | JHN | 6 | 2 | qxs7 | ὄχλος πολύς | 1 | A great crowd | “A large number of people” | |
| 338 | JHN | 6 | 2 | g6zm | σημεῖα | 1 | signs | This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything. | |
| 339 | JHN | 6 | 4 | kct2 | 0 | General Information: | The action in the story begins in verse 5. | ||
| 340 | JHN | 6 | 4 | ri55 | writing-background | ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near | John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 341 | JHN | 6 | 6 | cj58 | writing-background | τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν | 1 | But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do | John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 342 | JHN | 6 | 6 | uk6t | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει | 1 | for he himself knew | The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 343 | JHN | 6 | 7 | z3gj | translate-bmoney | διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι | 1 | Two hundred denarii worth of bread | The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 344 | JHN | 6 | 9 | k3k6 | πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους | 1 | five bread loaves of barley | “Five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain. | |
| 345 | JHN | 6 | 9 | fjx1 | ἄρτους | 1 | loaves | A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves. | |
| 346 | JHN | 6 | 9 | xwu8 | figs-rquestion | ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους | 1 | what are these among so many? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 347 | JHN | 6 | 10 | n9ft | ἀναπεσεῖν | 1 | sit down | “lie down” | |
| 348 | JHN | 6 | 10 | pf33 | writing-background | ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ | 1 | Now there was a lot of grass in the place | John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 349 | JHN | 6 | 10 | iz32 | ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι | 1 | So the men sat down, about five thousand in number | While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men. | |
| 350 | JHN | 6 | 11 | mnw3 | εὐχαριστήσας | 1 | giving thanks | Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves. | |
| 351 | JHN | 6 | 11 | wi9d | figs-synecdoche | διέδωκεν | 1 | he gave it | **he** here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 352 | JHN | 6 | 13 | y3zz | 0 | General Information: | Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain. | ||
| 353 | JHN | 6 | 13 | hqx9 | συνήγαγον | 1 | they gathered | “the disciples gathered” | |
| 354 | JHN | 6 | 13 | h64z | ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν | 1 | left over | the food that no one had eaten | |
| 355 | JHN | 6 | 14 | nlw1 | ὃ…σημεῖον | 1 | this sign | Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish | |
| 356 | JHN | 6 | 14 | g8zb | ὁ προφήτης | 1 | the prophet | the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world | |
| 357 | JHN | 6 | 16 | qb23 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat. | ||
| 358 | JHN | 6 | 17 | fkj2 | writing-background | σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them | Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 359 | JHN | 6 | 19 | xx7d | ἐληλακότες | 1 | they had rowed | Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water. | |
| 360 | JHN | 6 | 19 | sgf4 | translate-bdistance | ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα | 1 | about twenty-five or thirty stadia | A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 361 | JHN | 6 | 20 | d6wv | μὴ φοβεῖσθε | 1 | Do not be afraid | “Stop being afraid!” | |
| 362 | JHN | 6 | 21 | qtw5 | figs-explicit | ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον | 1 | they were willing to receive him into the boat | It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 363 | JHN | 6 | 22 | yy7c | τῆς θαλάσσης | 1 | the sea | “the Sea of Galilee” | |
| 364 | JHN | 6 | 23 | z5b4 | writing-background | ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | However, there were…the Lord had given thanks | Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 365 | JHN | 6 | 23 | w7qu | writing-background | ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος | 1 | boats that came from Tiberias | Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 366 | JHN | 6 | 24 | cql6 | 0 | General Information: | The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions. | ||
| 367 | JHN | 6 | 26 | f8j4 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 368 | JHN | 6 | 27 | czb3 | ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός | 1 | eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him | God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him. | |
| 369 | JHN | 6 | 27 | b94w | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός | 1 | Son of Man…God the Father | These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 370 | JHN | 6 | 27 | gf9q | figs-metaphor | τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν | 1 | has set his seal on him | To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 371 | JHN | 6 | 31 | gye7 | οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν | 1 | Our fathers | “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” | |
| 372 | JHN | 6 | 31 | jz9p | τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | heaven | This refers to the place where God lives. | |
| 373 | JHN | 6 | 32 | e6s1 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 374 | JHN | 6 | 32 | ega4 | figs-metaphor | ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν | 1 | it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven | The “true bread” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 375 | JHN | 6 | 32 | c73l | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | my Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 376 | JHN | 6 | 33 | rrf5 | ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | gives life to the world | “gives spiritual life to the world” | |
| 377 | JHN | 6 | 33 | k897 | figs-metonymy | τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | the world | Here the **world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 378 | JHN | 6 | 35 | cr2m | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | I am the bread of life | Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 379 | JHN | 6 | 35 | w1sp | ὁ πιστεύων εἰς | 1 | believes in | This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him. | |
| 380 | JHN | 6 | 37 | n6bk | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει | 1 | Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me | God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 381 | JHN | 6 | 37 | vpz8 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 382 | JHN | 6 | 37 | i92s | figs-litotes | τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω | 1 | he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out | This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 383 | JHN | 6 | 38 | z84i | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 384 | JHN | 6 | 38 | cpi9 | τοῦ πέμψαντός με | 1 | him who sent me | “my Father, who sent me” | |
| 385 | JHN | 6 | 39 | x5c1 | figs-litotes | πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ | 1 | I would lose not one of all those | Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
| 386 | JHN | 6 | 39 | j7q6 | figs-idiom | ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ | 1 | will raise them up | Here to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 387 | JHN | 6 | 41 | t91b | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 388 | JHN | 6 | 41 | jl8l | ἐγόγγυζον | 1 | grumbled | talked unhappily | |
| 389 | JHN | 6 | 41 | wwa5 | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος | 1 | I am the bread | Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 390 | JHN | 6 | 42 | bm3w | figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα | 1 | Is not this Jesus…whose father and mother we know? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 391 | JHN | 6 | 42 | i81r | figs-rquestion | πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα | 1 | How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 392 | JHN | 6 | 43 | pk4s | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders. | ||
| 393 | JHN | 6 | 44 | s6b5 | figs-idiom | ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν | 1 | raise him up | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 394 | JHN | 6 | 44 | rr2m | ἑλκύσῃ | 1 | draws | This can mean (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.” | |
| 395 | JHN | 6 | 44 | jb73 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 396 | JHN | 6 | 45 | j1af | figs-activepassive | ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις | 1 | It is written in the prophets | This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 397 | JHN | 6 | 45 | rk3b | πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ | 1 | Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me | The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son. | |
| 398 | JHN | 6 | 46 | lcz8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders. | ||
| 399 | JHN | 6 | 46 | i9mp | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 400 | JHN | 6 | 47 | de5y | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 401 | JHN | 6 | 47 | t8lk | ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον | 1 | he who believes has eternal life | God gives “eternal life” to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God. | |
| 402 | JHN | 6 | 48 | iih2 | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | I am the bread of life | Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 403 | JHN | 6 | 49 | uh76 | οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν | 1 | Your fathers | “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” | |
| 404 | JHN | 6 | 49 | mr3u | ἀπέθανον | 1 | died | This refers to physical death. | |
| 405 | JHN | 6 | 50 | sa53 | figs-metaphor | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος | 1 | This is the bread | Here, **bread** is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 406 | JHN | 6 | 50 | v212 | μὴ ἀποθάνῃ | 1 | not die | “live forever.” Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death. | |
| 407 | JHN | 6 | 51 | px99 | ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν | 1 | living bread | This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)). | |
| 408 | JHN | 6 | 51 | nb41 | figs-metonymy | ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς | 1 | for the life of the world | Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 409 | JHN | 6 | 52 | v6g7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question. | ||
| 410 | JHN | 6 | 52 | fj5p | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν | 1 | How can this man give us his flesh to eat? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 411 | JHN | 6 | 53 | q8jl | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 412 | JHN | 6 | 53 | r7hh | figs-metaphor | φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα | 1 | eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood | Here the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 413 | JHN | 6 | 53 | j1ga | οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς | 1 | you will not have life in yourselves | “you will not receive eternal life” | |
| 414 | JHN | 6 | 54 | t3xn | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him. | ||
| 415 | JHN | 6 | 54 | hc5d | figs-metaphor | ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον | 1 | Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life | The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 416 | JHN | 6 | 54 | ym6w | figs-idiom | ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν | 1 | raise him up | Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 417 | JHN | 6 | 54 | qia5 | τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | at the last day | “on the day when God judges everyone” | |
| 418 | JHN | 6 | 55 | cik2 | figs-metaphor | ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις | 1 | my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink | The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 419 | JHN | 6 | 56 | u3w4 | ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | remains in me, and I in him | “has a close relationship with me” | |
| 420 | JHN | 6 | 57 | dba2 | καὶ ὁ τρώγων με | 1 | so he who eats me | The phrase **eats me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 421 | JHN | 6 | 57 | nfz4 | ζῶν Πατὴρ | 1 | living Father | Possible meanings are (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.” | |
| 422 | JHN | 6 | 57 | m1l5 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 423 | JHN | 6 | 58 | m2nz | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς | 1 | This is the bread that has come down from heaven | Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) | |
| 424 | JHN | 6 | 58 | kv16 | figs-metaphor | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς | 1 | This is the bread that has come down from heaven | The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 425 | JHN | 6 | 58 | j2hx | ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον | 1 | He who eats this bread | Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) | |
| 426 | JHN | 6 | 58 | jv4c | ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον | 1 | He who eats this bread | Here, **eats this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 427 | JHN | 6 | 58 | i9ih | οἱ πατέρες | 1 | the fathers | “the forefathers” or “the ancestors” | |
| 428 | JHN | 6 | 59 | ph39 | writing-background | ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ | 1 | Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum | Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 429 | JHN | 6 | 60 | t1me | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 430 | JHN | 6 | 60 | cp3k | figs-rquestion | τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν | 1 | who can accept it? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 431 | JHN | 6 | 61 | rn8i | τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει | 1 | Does this offend you? | “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?” | |
| 432 | JHN | 6 | 62 | r33r | figs-rquestion | ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον | 1 | Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? | Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 433 | JHN | 6 | 63 | y558 | ὠφελεῖ | 1 | profits | The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen. | |
| 434 | JHN | 6 | 63 | fy9p | figs-metonymy | ῥήματα | 1 | words | Possible meanings are (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 435 | JHN | 6 | 63 | plw8 | τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν | 1 | The words that I have spoken to you | “What I have told you” | |
| 436 | JHN | 6 | 63 | gb29 | πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν | 1 | are spirit, and they are life | Possible meanings are (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.” | |
| 437 | JHN | 6 | 64 | k7ir | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 438 | JHN | 6 | 64 | ey1e | writing-background | ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν | 1 | For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones…who it was who would betray him | Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 439 | JHN | 6 | 65 | c3cl | οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός | 1 | no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father | Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus. | |
| 440 | JHN | 6 | 65 | g4za | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρός | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 441 | JHN | 6 | 65 | f7l1 | ἐλθεῖν πρός με | 1 | come to me | “follow me and receive eternal life” | |
| 442 | JHN | 6 | 66 | h8j9 | figs-metaphor | οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν | 1 | no longer walked with him | Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 443 | JHN | 6 | 66 | v7gq | τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | his disciples | Here, **his disciples** refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus. | |
| 444 | JHN | 6 | 67 | bg2f | figs-ellipsis | τοῖς δώδεκα | 1 | the twelve | This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 445 | JHN | 6 | 68 | g9l4 | figs-rquestion | Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα | 1 | Lord, to whom shall we go? | Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 446 | JHN | 6 | 70 | z9yc | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 447 | JHN | 6 | 70 | m9ys | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν | 1 | Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? | Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 448 | JHN | 7 | intro | l712 | 0 | # John 07 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).” | |||
| 449 | JHN | 7 | 1 | gg4v | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 450 | JHN | 7 | 1 | b99m | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | After these things | These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later” | |
| 451 | JHN | 7 | 1 | k5yv | περιεπάτει | 1 | traveled | The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle. | |
| 452 | JHN | 7 | 1 | r94g | figs-synecdoche | ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | the Jews were seeking to kill him | Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 453 | JHN | 7 | 2 | m4ch | ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία | 1 | Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near | “Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters” | |
| 454 | JHN | 7 | 3 | x8ce | οἱ ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | brothers | This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph. | |
| 455 | JHN | 7 | 3 | id2z | σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς | 1 | the works that you do | The word **works** refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed. | |
| 456 | JHN | 7 | 4 | by1h | figs-rpronouns | ζητεῖ αὐτὸς | 1 | he himself wants | The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word **he**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 457 | JHN | 7 | 4 | f33j | figs-metonymy | τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | the world | Here, **the world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 458 | JHN | 7 | 5 | mz2b | writing-background | οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν | 1 | For even his brothers did not believe in him | This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 459 | JHN | 7 | 5 | bs7f | οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | his brothers | “his younger brothers” | |
| 460 | JHN | 7 | 6 | n5bj | figs-metonymy | ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν | 1 | My time has not yet come | The word **time** is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 461 | JHN | 7 | 6 | shs9 | ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος | 1 | your time is always ready | “any time is good for you” | |
| 462 | JHN | 7 | 7 | h7kv | figs-metonymy | οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς | 1 | The world cannot hate you | Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 463 | JHN | 7 | 7 | e5hq | ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν | 1 | I testify about it that its works are evil | “I tell them that what they are doing is evil” | |
| 464 | JHN | 7 | 8 | pt7f | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his brothers. | ||
| 465 | JHN | 7 | 8 | evk6 | figs-explicit | ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται | 1 | my time has not yet been fulfilled | Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 466 | JHN | 7 | 10 | xw52 | 0 | General Information: | The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival. | ||
| 467 | JHN | 7 | 10 | jz6l | ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν | 1 | when his brothers had gone up to the festival | These “brothers” were the younger brothers of Jesus. | |
| 468 | JHN | 7 | 10 | z4ym | καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη | 1 | he also went up | Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously. | |
| 469 | JHN | 7 | 10 | rw5v | figs-doublet | οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ | 1 | not publicly but in secret | These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 470 | JHN | 7 | 11 | i6cl | figs-synecdoche | οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν | 1 | The Jews were looking for him | Here the word **Jews**is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 471 | JHN | 7 | 12 | c27a | figs-metaphor | πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | he leads the crowds astray | Here, **leads…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 472 | JHN | 7 | 13 | x3xa | τὸν φόβον | 1 | fear | This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others. | |
| 473 | JHN | 7 | 13 | n8bb | figs-synecdoche | τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | the Jews | The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 474 | JHN | 7 | 14 | yut8 | 0 | General Information: | Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple. | ||
| 475 | JHN | 7 | 15 | e7ve | figs-rquestion | πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν | 1 | How does this man know so much? | The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 476 | JHN | 7 | 16 | h7mr | ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με | 1 | but is of him who sent me | “but comes from God, the one who sent me” | |
| 477 | JHN | 7 | 17 | srx3 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. | ||
| 478 | JHN | 7 | 18 | xf9j | ὁ…δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν | 1 | but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him | “when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie” | |
| 479 | JHN | 7 | 19 | pib5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. | ||
| 480 | JHN | 7 | 19 | c7xq | figs-rquestion | οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον | 1 | Did not Moses give you the law? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 481 | JHN | 7 | 19 | iwv8 | ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον | 1 | keeps the law | “obeys the law” | |
| 482 | JHN | 7 | 19 | bfd2 | figs-rquestion | τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | Why do you seek to kill me? | Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 483 | JHN | 7 | 20 | l1rq | δαιμόνιον ἔχεις | 1 | You have a demon | “This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!” | |
| 484 | JHN | 7 | 20 | r9wi | figs-rquestion | τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | Who seeks to kill you? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 485 | JHN | 7 | 21 | b63z | ἓν ἔργον | 1 | one work | “one miracle” or “one sign” | |
| 486 | JHN | 7 | 21 | l1zf | πάντες θαυμάζετε | 1 | you all marvel | “you all are shocked” | |
| 487 | JHN | 7 | 22 | d8sw | writing-background | οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων | 1 | not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors | Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 488 | JHN | 7 | 22 | cs9z | figs-explicit | ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον | 1 | on the Sabbath you circumcise a man | Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 489 | JHN | 7 | 22 | dl6z | ἐν Σαββάτῳ | 1 | on the Sabbath | “on the Jewish Day of Rest” | |
| 490 | JHN | 7 | 23 | t21u | εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως | 1 | If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken | “If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses” | |
| 491 | JHN | 7 | 23 | w9wn | figs-rquestion | ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ | 1 | why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 492 | JHN | 7 | 23 | f437 | ἐν Σαββάτῳ | 1 | on the Sabbath | “on the Jewish Day of Rest?” | |
| 493 | JHN | 7 | 24 | x4fl | figs-explicit | μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε | 1 | Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously | Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 494 | JHN | 7 | 25 | ts7d | figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι | 1 | Is not this the one they seek to kill? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 495 | JHN | 7 | 26 | n5pi | figs-explicit | οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν | 1 | they say nothing to him | This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 496 | JHN | 7 | 26 | s2un | figs-rquestion | μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός | 1 | It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 497 | JHN | 7 | 28 | zxh7 | ἔκραξεν | 1 | cried out | “spoke in a loud voice” | |
| 498 | JHN | 7 | 28 | ah7u | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ | 1 | in the temple | Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 499 | JHN | 7 | 28 | rq9t | figs-irony | κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί | 1 | You both know me and know where I come from | John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 500 | JHN | 7 | 28 | w35k | ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ | 1 | of myself | “on my own authority.” See how you translated “of himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md). | |
| 501 | JHN | 7 | 28 | a2h9 | ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με | 1 | he who sent me is true | “God is the one who sent me and he is true” | |
| 502 | JHN | 7 | 30 | pxr4 | figs-metonymy | οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ | 1 | his hour had not yet come | The word **hour** is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 503 | JHN | 7 | 31 | y5m8 | figs-rquestion | ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν | 1 | When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 504 | JHN | 7 | 31 | x8e4 | σημεῖα | 1 | signs | This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ. | |
| 505 | JHN | 7 | 33 | xm7p | ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι | 1 | I am still with you for a short amount of time | “I will remain with you for only a short period of time” | |
| 506 | JHN | 7 | 33 | b4m8 | καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με | 1 | then I go to him who sent me | Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him. | |
| 507 | JHN | 7 | 34 | p7w6 | ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν | 1 | where I go, you will not be able to come | “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” | |
| 508 | JHN | 7 | 35 | zn29 | figs-synecdoche | εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς | 1 | The Jews therefore said among themselves | The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 509 | JHN | 7 | 35 | ef1y | τὴν διασπορὰν | 1 | the dispersion | This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine. | |
| 510 | JHN | 7 | 36 | ib6p | figs-metonymy | τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε | 1 | What is this word that he said | This “word” is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 511 | JHN | 7 | 37 | elc6 | 0 | General Information: | Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd. | ||
| 512 | JHN | 7 | 37 | fg95 | ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ | 1 | great day | It is “great” because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival. | |
| 513 | JHN | 7 | 37 | iy9e | figs-metaphor | ἐάν τις διψᾷ | 1 | If anyone is thirsty | Here the word **thirsty** is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 514 | JHN | 7 | 37 | ayn6 | figs-metaphor | ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω | 1 | let him come to me and drink | The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 515 | JHN | 7 | 38 | u9cx | ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή | 1 | He who believes in me, just as the scripture says | “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” | |
| 516 | JHN | 7 | 38 | uw2q | figs-metaphor | ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος | 1 | rivers of living water will flow | The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 517 | JHN | 7 | 38 | yt75 | figs-metaphor | ὕδατος ζῶντος | 1 | living water | Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 518 | JHN | 7 | 38 | cx1q | figs-metonymy | ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ | 1 | from his stomach | Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 519 | JHN | 7 | 39 | i8wx | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 520 | JHN | 7 | 39 | syp9 | δὲ εἶπεν | 1 | But he said | Here, **he** refers to Jesus. | |
| 521 | JHN | 7 | 39 | qbr1 | figs-explicit | οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα | 1 | the Spirit had not yet been given | John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 522 | JHN | 7 | 39 | n599 | ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη | 1 | because Jesus was not yet glorified | Here the word **glorified** refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection. | |
| 523 | JHN | 7 | 40 | shq8 | figs-explicit | οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης | 1 | This is indeed the prophet | By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 524 | JHN | 7 | 41 | alq3 | figs-rquestion | ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται | 1 | Does the Christ come from Galilee? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 525 | JHN | 7 | 42 | n8nb | figs-rquestion | οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός | 1 | Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 526 | JHN | 7 | 42 | ep4z | figs-personification | οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν | 1 | Have the scriptures not said | The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 527 | JHN | 7 | 42 | zjh5 | ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ | 1 | where David was | “where David lived” | |
| 528 | JHN | 7 | 43 | lf5r | σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν | 1 | So there arose a division in the crowds because of him | The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was. | |
| 529 | JHN | 7 | 44 | rc64 | figs-idiom | ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | but no one laid hands on him | To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 530 | JHN | 7 | 45 | m3rf | οἱ ὑπηρέται | 1 | the officers | “the temple guards” | |
| 531 | JHN | 7 | 46 | qwv3 | figs-explicit | οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος | 1 | Never has anyone spoken like this | The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 532 | JHN | 7 | 47 | d4xy | οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι | 1 | So the Pharisees | “Because they said that, the Pharisees” | |
| 533 | JHN | 7 | 47 | t91p | ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς | 1 | answered them | “answered the officers” | |
| 534 | JHN | 7 | 47 | z95z | figs-rquestion | καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε | 1 | Have you also been deceived? | The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 535 | JHN | 7 | 48 | e8vu | figs-rquestion | τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων | 1 | Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 536 | JHN | 7 | 49 | e5td | τὸν νόμον | 1 | the law | This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses. | |
| 537 | JHN | 7 | 49 | fe7d | ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν | 1 | But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed | “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!” | |
| 538 | JHN | 7 | 50 | u5ha | writing-background | ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν | 1 | one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier | John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 539 | JHN | 7 | 51 | ia3j | figs-rquestion | μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ | 1 | Does our law judge a man…what he does? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 540 | JHN | 7 | 51 | y8df | figs-personification | ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον | 1 | Does our law judge a man | Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 541 | JHN | 7 | 52 | pt91 | figs-rquestion | καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ | 1 | Are you also from Galilee? | The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 542 | JHN | 7 | 52 | k6pg | figs-ellipsis | ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε | 1 | Search and see | This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 543 | JHN | 7 | 52 | jm59 | προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται | 1 | no prophet comes from Galilee | This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee. | |
| 544 | JHN | 7 | 53 | s5fi | translate-textvariants | 0 | General Information: | The best early texts do not have 7:53 - 8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |
| 545 | JHN | 8 | intro | e667 | 0 | # John 08 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 546 | JHN | 8 | 1 | mkz2 | 0 | General Information: | While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them. | ||
| 547 | JHN | 8 | 12 | m4ma | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 548 | JHN | 8 | 12 | k5ib | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | I am the light of the world | Here the **light** is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 549 | JHN | 8 | 12 | yc5p | figs-metonymy | τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | the world | This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 550 | JHN | 8 | 12 | zf41 | figs-idiom | ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ | 1 | he who follows me | This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 551 | JHN | 8 | 12 | tse3 | figs-metaphor | οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ | 1 | will not walk in the darkness | To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 552 | JHN | 8 | 12 | vw7r | figs-metaphor | φῶς τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | light of life | The “light of life” is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 553 | JHN | 8 | 13 | ih9h | σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς | 1 | You bear witness about yourself | “You are just saying these things about yourself” | |
| 554 | JHN | 8 | 13 | mrj6 | figs-explicit | ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής | 1 | your witness is not true | The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 555 | JHN | 8 | 14 | x9rf | κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ | 1 | Even if I bear witness about myself | “Even if I say these things about myself” | |
| 556 | JHN | 8 | 15 | k92s | τὴν σάρκα | 1 | the flesh | “human standards and the laws of men” | |
| 557 | JHN | 8 | 15 | j79i | ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα | 1 | I judge no one | Possible meanings are (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.” | |
| 558 | JHN | 8 | 16 | xnn5 | ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ | 1 | if I judge | Possible meanings are (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people” | |
| 559 | JHN | 8 | 16 | jb2f | ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν | 1 | my judgment is true | Possible meanings are (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.” | |
| 560 | JHN | 8 | 16 | emx1 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ | 1 | I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me | Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 561 | JHN | 8 | 16 | ev1r | figs-explicit | μόνος οὐκ εἰμί | 1 | I am not alone | The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 562 | JHN | 8 | 16 | f6nu | ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ | 1 | I am with the Father | The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do” | |
| 563 | JHN | 8 | 16 | r7dx | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ…Πατήρ | 1 | the Father | This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 564 | JHN | 8 | 17 | uvc6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself. | ||
| 565 | JHN | 8 | 17 | i1sl | καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ | 1 | Yes, and in your law | The word **Yes** shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before. | |
| 566 | JHN | 8 | 17 | r2r8 | figs-activepassive | γέγραπται | 1 | it is written | This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 567 | JHN | 8 | 17 | l6ln | figs-explicit | δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν | 1 | the testimony of two men is true | The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 568 | JHN | 8 | 18 | ff2p | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ | 1 | I am he who bears witness about myself | Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself” | |
| 569 | JHN | 8 | 18 | gfd3 | figs-explicit | μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ | 1 | the Father who sent me bears witness about me | The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 570 | JHN | 8 | 18 | ycc8 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ…Πατήρ | 1 | the Father | This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 571 | JHN | 8 | 19 | s37n | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 572 | JHN | 8 | 19 | d3b9 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε | 1 | You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also | Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 573 | JHN | 8 | 19 | b26z | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα μου | 1 | my Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 574 | JHN | 8 | 20 | b11j | figs-metonymy | οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ | 1 | his hour had not yet come | The word **hour** is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 575 | JHN | 8 | 21 | xv3g | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 576 | JHN | 8 | 21 | gg46 | ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε | 1 | die in your sin | Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning” | |
| 577 | JHN | 8 | 21 | e83m | ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν | 1 | you cannot come | “you are not able to come” | |
| 578 | JHN | 8 | 22 | a4p4 | figs-synecdoche | ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | The Jews said | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 579 | JHN | 8 | 23 | zug9 | ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ | 1 | You are from below | “You were born in this world” | |
| 580 | JHN | 8 | 23 | a7ny | ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί | 1 | I am from above | “I came from heaven” | |
| 581 | JHN | 8 | 23 | svn1 | ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ | 1 | You are of this world | “You belong to this world” | |
| 582 | JHN | 8 | 23 | w9jl | ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου | 1 | I am not of this world | “I do not belong to this world” | |
| 583 | JHN | 8 | 24 | jgw4 | ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν | 1 | you will die in your sins | “you will die without God’s forgiving your sins” | |
| 584 | JHN | 8 | 24 | he1k | ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | that I AM | Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.” | |
| 585 | JHN | 8 | 25 | t7tv | ἔλεγον | 1 | They said | The word **They** refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)). | |
| 586 | JHN | 8 | 26 | lsc7 | figs-metonymy | ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον | 1 | these things I say to the world | Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 587 | JHN | 8 | 27 | hh1s | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | the Father | This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 588 | JHN | 8 | 28 | x6ca | ὅταν ὑψώσητε | 1 | When you have lifted up | This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him. | |
| 589 | JHN | 8 | 28 | er3s | Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Son of Man | Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself. | |
| 590 | JHN | 8 | 28 | tcs5 | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | I AM | Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.” | |
| 591 | JHN | 8 | 28 | vq9k | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ | 1 | As the Father taught me, I speak these things | “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 592 | JHN | 8 | 29 | w9cl | ὁ πέμψας με | 1 | He who sent me | The word **He** refers to God. | |
| 593 | JHN | 8 | 30 | ld9x | ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος | 1 | As Jesus was saying these things | “As Jesus spoke these words” | |
| 594 | JHN | 8 | 30 | uj29 | πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν | 1 | many believed in him | “many people trusted him” | |
| 595 | JHN | 8 | 31 | g752 | figs-idiom | μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ | 1 | remain in my word | This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 596 | JHN | 8 | 31 | iq3z | μαθηταί μού | 1 | my disciples | “my followers” | |
| 597 | JHN | 8 | 32 | esz8 | figs-personification | ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς | 1 | the truth will set you free | This is personification. Jesus speaks of “the truth” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 598 | JHN | 8 | 32 | xf9m | τὴν ἀλήθειαν | 1 | the truth | This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” | |
| 599 | JHN | 8 | 33 | n34n | figs-rquestion | πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε | 1 | how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? | This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 600 | JHN | 8 | 34 | i2pn | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 601 | JHN | 8 | 34 | jg3z | figs-metaphor | δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας | 1 | is the slave of sin | Here the word **slave** is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 602 | JHN | 8 | 35 | sg4a | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ | 1 | in the house | Here, **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 603 | JHN | 8 | 35 | j73t | figs-ellipsis | ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα | 1 | the son remains forever | This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 604 | JHN | 8 | 36 | n6fp | figs-explicit | ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε | 1 | if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free | It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 605 | JHN | 8 | 36 | w3q1 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ | 1 | if the Son sets you free | “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 606 | JHN | 8 | 37 | p4xm | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. | ||
| 607 | JHN | 8 | 37 | ph1q | figs-metonymy | ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | my word has no place in you | Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 608 | JHN | 8 | 38 | m62y | ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ | 1 | I say what I have seen with my Father | “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father” | |
| 609 | JHN | 8 | 38 | f9yu | καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε | 1 | you also do what you heard from your father | The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do” | |
| 610 | JHN | 8 | 39 | qp2r | ὁ πατὴρ | 1 | father | forefather | |
| 611 | JHN | 8 | 40 | s615 | τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν | 1 | Abraham did not do this | “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God” | |
| 612 | JHN | 8 | 41 | i87r | figs-explicit | ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | You do the works of your father | Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 613 | JHN | 8 | 41 | y82e | figs-explicit | ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα | 1 | We were not born in sexual immorality | Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 614 | JHN | 8 | 41 | iz3h | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν | 1 | we have one Father: God | Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 615 | JHN | 8 | 42 | nh4m | ἠγαπᾶτε | 1 | love | This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself. | |
| 616 | JHN | 8 | 43 | ig11 | figs-rquestion | διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε | 1 | Why do you not understand my words? | Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 617 | JHN | 8 | 43 | cf8v | figs-metonymy | ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν | 1 | It is because you cannot hear my words | Here, **words** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 618 | JHN | 8 | 44 | vgy1 | ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ | 1 | You are of your father, the devil | “You belong to your father, Satan” | |
| 619 | JHN | 8 | 44 | k1qu | figs-metaphor | ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ | 1 | the father of lies | Here, **father** is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 620 | JHN | 8 | 45 | g1q9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. | ||
| 621 | JHN | 8 | 45 | e55r | ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω | 1 | because I speak the truth | “because I tell you true things about God” | |
| 622 | JHN | 8 | 46 | y3gz | figs-rquestion | τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας | 1 | Which one of you convicts me of sin? | Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 623 | JHN | 8 | 46 | kh6a | εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω | 1 | If I speak the truth | “If I say things that are true” | |
| 624 | JHN | 8 | 46 | ibp1 | figs-rquestion | διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι | 1 | why do you not believe me? | Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 625 | JHN | 8 | 47 | l7gy | figs-metonymy | τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the words of God | Here, **words** is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 626 | JHN | 8 | 48 | vu1h | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | The Jews | The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 627 | JHN | 8 | 48 | cic5 | figs-rquestion | οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις | 1 | Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? | The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 628 | JHN | 8 | 50 | m4rl | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues answering the Jews. | ||
| 629 | JHN | 8 | 50 | fg43 | ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων | 1 | there is one seeking and judging | This refers to God. | |
| 630 | JHN | 8 | 51 | fb52 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 631 | JHN | 8 | 51 | m46r | figs-metonymy | τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ | 1 | keeps my word | Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 632 | JHN | 8 | 51 | gx7l | figs-idiom | θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ | 1 | see death | This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 633 | JHN | 8 | 52 | e9xz | figs-synecdoche | Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | Jews | Here, **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 634 | JHN | 8 | 52 | zah1 | ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ | 1 | If anyone keeps my word | “If anyone obeys my teaching” | |
| 635 | JHN | 8 | 52 | a1ls | figs-idiom | γεύσηται θανάτου | 1 | taste death | This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 636 | JHN | 8 | 53 | shp3 | figs-rquestion | μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν | 1 | You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? | The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 637 | JHN | 8 | 53 | p38s | τοῦ πατρὸς | 1 | father | forefather | |
| 638 | JHN | 8 | 53 | cei7 | figs-rquestion | τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς | 1 | Who do you make yourself out to be? | The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 639 | JHN | 8 | 54 | ab13 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν | 1 | it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God | The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 640 | JHN | 8 | 55 | c3bm | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ | 1 | keep his word | Here, **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 641 | JHN | 8 | 56 | tyu5 | figs-metonymy | τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν | 1 | my day | This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 642 | JHN | 8 | 56 | hv5g | εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη | 1 | he saw it and was glad | “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced” | |
| 643 | JHN | 8 | 57 | erp5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). | ||
| 644 | JHN | 8 | 57 | yzf9 | figs-synecdoche | εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | The Jews said to him | Here the **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 645 | JHN | 8 | 57 | r1ek | figs-rquestion | πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας | 1 | You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? | The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 646 | JHN | 8 | 58 | rnw4 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 647 | JHN | 8 | 58 | k4tp | ἐγὼ εἰμί | 1 | I AM | Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.” | |
| 648 | JHN | 8 | 59 | bxs5 | figs-explicit | ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν | 1 | Then they picked up stones to throw at him | The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 649 | JHN | 9 | intro | hq31 | 0 | # John 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 650 | JHN | 9 | 1 | fa5a | 0 | General Information: | As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man. | ||
| 651 | JHN | 9 | 1 | un4h | writing-newevent | καὶ | 1 | Now | This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 652 | JHN | 9 | 1 | z5sx | figs-synecdoche | παράγων | 1 | as Jesus passed by | Here, **Jesus** is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 653 | JHN | 9 | 2 | w44c | figs-explicit | τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ | 1 | who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? | This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 654 | JHN | 9 | 4 | h231 | figs-exclusive | ἡμᾶς | 1 | We | This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 655 | JHN | 9 | 4 | g92d | figs-metaphor | ἡμέρα…νὺξ | 1 | day…Night | Here, **day** and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 656 | JHN | 9 | 5 | f2xu | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | in the world | Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 657 | JHN | 9 | 5 | dd8k | figs-metaphor | φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | light of the world | Here, **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 658 | JHN | 9 | 6 | y3s4 | figs-explicit | ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος | 1 | made mud with the saliva | Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 659 | JHN | 9 | 7 | ily8 | νίψαι…ἐνίψατο | 1 | wash…washed | You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 660 | JHN | 9 | 7 | ri9h | writing-background | ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος | 1 | which is translated “Sent” | A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 661 | JHN | 9 | 8 | r79x | figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν | 1 | Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? | This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 662 | JHN | 9 | 10 | p7vj | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him. | ||
| 663 | JHN | 9 | 10 | m97n | πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί | 1 | Then how were your eyes opened? | “Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?” | |
| 664 | JHN | 9 | 11 | a42y | ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς | 1 | smeared it on my eyes | “used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md). | |
| 665 | JHN | 9 | 13 | dl48 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 666 | JHN | 9 | 13 | cu14 | ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν | 1 | They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees | The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go. | |
| 667 | JHN | 9 | 14 | qxy9 | Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | Sabbath day | “Jewish Day of Rest” | |
| 668 | JHN | 9 | 15 | d6xd | πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι | 1 | Then again the Pharisees asked him | “So the Pharisees also asked him” | |
| 669 | JHN | 9 | 16 | y3wn | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 670 | JHN | 9 | 16 | hdh9 | τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ | 1 | he does not keep the Sabbath | This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest. | |
| 671 | JHN | 9 | 16 | k4sy | figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν | 1 | How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 672 | JHN | 9 | 16 | qn73 | σημεῖα | 1 | signs | This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. | |
| 673 | JHN | 9 | 17 | lcb3 | προφήτης ἐστίν | 1 | He is a prophet | “I think he is a prophet” | |
| 674 | JHN | 9 | 18 | awp6 | figs-synecdoche | οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | Now the Jews still did not believe | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 675 | JHN | 9 | 19 | npf9 | ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς | 1 | They asked the parents | “They” refers to the Jewish leaders. | |
| 676 | JHN | 9 | 21 | vh7q | ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς | 1 | he is an adult | “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child” | |
| 677 | JHN | 9 | 22 | yq73 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 678 | JHN | 9 | 22 | k2iw | figs-synecdoche | ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους | 1 | they were afraid of the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 679 | JHN | 9 | 22 | j15m | ἐφοβοῦντο | 1 | afraid | This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others. | |
| 680 | JHN | 9 | 22 | dgp7 | αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν…γένηται | 1 | would confess him to be the Christ | “would say that Jesus is the Christ” | |
| 681 | JHN | 9 | 22 | yjv9 | figs-metaphor | ἀποσυνάγωγος | 1 | he would be thrown out of the synagogue | Here, **be thrown out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 682 | JHN | 9 | 23 | f9zl | ἡλικίαν ἔχει | 1 | He is an adult | “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md). | |
| 683 | JHN | 9 | 24 | h1tl | ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον | 1 | they called the man | Here, “they” refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md)) | |
| 684 | JHN | 9 | 24 | bkx6 | figs-idiom | δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | Give glory to God | This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 685 | JHN | 9 | 24 | ww3t | οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | this man | This refers to Jesus. | |
| 686 | JHN | 9 | 25 | sr93 | ἐκεῖνος | 1 | that man | This refers to the man who had been blind. | |
| 687 | JHN | 9 | 26 | z2l2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind. | ||
| 688 | JHN | 9 | 27 | cf2d | figs-rquestion | τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν | 1 | Why do you want to hear it again? | This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 689 | JHN | 9 | 27 | kpt6 | figs-rquestion | μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι | 1 | You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man’s statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 690 | JHN | 9 | 28 | h7hy | σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου | 1 | You are his disciple | “You are following Jesus!” | |
| 691 | JHN | 9 | 28 | z2tn | figs-exclusive | ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί | 1 | but we are disciples of Moses | The pronoun “we” is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
| 692 | JHN | 9 | 29 | ye4k | ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός | 1 | We know that God has spoken to Moses | “We are sure that God has spoken to Moses” | |
| 693 | JHN | 9 | 29 | vv43 | figs-explicit | τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν | 1 | we do not know where this one is from | Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 694 | JHN | 9 | 30 | i3gm | figs-explicit | ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν | 1 | that you do not know where he is from | The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 695 | JHN | 9 | 31 | e7ec | ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει | 1 | does not listen to sinners…listens to him | “does not answer the prayers of sinners…God answers his prayers” | |
| 696 | JHN | 9 | 32 | e89t | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews. | ||
| 697 | JHN | 9 | 32 | b2xt | figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις | 1 | it has never been heard that anyone opened | This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 698 | JHN | 9 | 33 | tt5e | figs-doublenegatives | εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν | 1 | If this man were not from God, he could do nothing | This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 699 | JHN | 9 | 34 | da3z | figs-rquestion | ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς | 1 | You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 700 | JHN | 9 | 34 | kl2x | ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω | 1 | they threw him out | “they threw him out of the synagogue” | |
| 701 | JHN | 9 | 35 | z6r9 | 0 | General Information: | Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd. | ||
| 702 | JHN | 9 | 35 | rpb5 | πιστεύεις εἰς | 1 | believe in | This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him. | |
| 703 | JHN | 9 | 35 | tw58 | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | the Son of Man | Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if **the Son of Man** were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37. | |
| 704 | JHN | 9 | 39 | azp3 | figs-metonymy | εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον | 1 | came into this world | The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 705 | JHN | 9 | 39 | te5y | figs-metaphor | ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται | 1 | so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind | Here, **seeing** and **blindness** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 706 | JHN | 9 | 40 | d8mm | μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν | 1 | Are we also blind? | “Do you think we are spiritually blind?” | |
| 707 | JHN | 9 | 41 | rh3l | figs-metaphor | εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν | 1 | If you were blind, you would have no sin | Here, **blindness** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 708 | JHN | 9 | 41 | jmq7 | figs-metaphor | νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει | 1 | but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains | Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 709 | JHN | 10 | intro | e8mb | 0 | # John 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again. | |||
| 710 | JHN | 10 | 1 | gzd8 | figs-parables | 0 | General Information: | Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 711 | JHN | 10 | 1 | ab9x | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md). | ||
| 712 | JHN | 10 | 1 | i3tj | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 713 | JHN | 10 | 1 | xq1f | αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων | 1 | sheep pen | This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. | |
| 714 | JHN | 10 | 1 | zz7x | figs-doublet | κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής | 1 | a thief and a robber | This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 715 | JHN | 10 | 3 | uy2v | τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει | 1 | The gatekeeper opens for him | “The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd” | |
| 716 | JHN | 10 | 3 | iac4 | ὁ θυρωρὸς | 1 | The gatekeeper | This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away. | |
| 717 | JHN | 10 | 3 | db3c | τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει | 1 | The sheep hear his voice | “The sheep hear the shepherd’s voice” | |
| 718 | JHN | 10 | 4 | n1ta | ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται | 1 | he goes ahead of them | “he walks in front of them” | |
| 719 | JHN | 10 | 4 | z8dm | ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ | 1 | for they know his voice | “because they recognize his voice” | |
| 720 | JHN | 10 | 6 | x5yl | ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν | 1 | they did not understand | Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” or (2) “the crowd did not understand.” | |
| 721 | JHN | 10 | 6 | u3nw | figs-metaphor | ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν | 1 | this parable | This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 722 | JHN | 10 | 7 | q3na | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken. | ||
| 723 | JHN | 10 | 7 | q4hs | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 724 | JHN | 10 | 7 | nj4k | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων | 1 | I am the gate of the sheep | Here, **gate** is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 725 | JHN | 10 | 8 | k4z6 | figs-explicit | πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ | 1 | Everyone who came before me | This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 726 | JHN | 10 | 8 | hqq3 | figs-metaphor | κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί | 1 | a thief and a robber | These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 727 | JHN | 10 | 9 | yp3g | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα | 1 | I am the gate | Here, **gate** is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 728 | JHN | 10 | 9 | in9p | νομὴν | 1 | pasture | The word **pasture** means a grassy area where sheep eat. | |
| 729 | JHN | 10 | 10 | h2gf | figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ | 1 | does not come if he would not steal | This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 730 | JHN | 10 | 10 | h56c | figs-explicit | κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ | 1 | steal and kill and destroy | Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 731 | JHN | 10 | 10 | j2k6 | ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν | 1 | so that they will have life | The word **they** refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing” | |
| 732 | JHN | 10 | 11 | x196 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd. | ||
| 733 | JHN | 10 | 11 | xs4m | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός | 1 | I am the good shepherd | Here, **good shepherd** is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 734 | JHN | 10 | 11 | llr4 | figs-euphemism | τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν | 1 | lays down his life | To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 735 | JHN | 10 | 12 | ym8w | figs-metaphor | ὁ μισθωτὸς | 1 | The hired servant | The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 736 | JHN | 10 | 12 | ue4m | figs-metaphor | ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα | 1 | abandons the sheep | Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 737 | JHN | 10 | 13 | szr8 | figs-metaphor | οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων | 1 | does not care for the sheep | Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 738 | JHN | 10 | 14 | fg93 | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός | 1 | I am the good shepherd | Here the **good shepherd** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 739 | JHN | 10 | 15 | qr9g | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | The Father knows me, and I know the Father | God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 740 | JHN | 10 | 15 | pn9w | figs-euphemism | τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων | 1 | I lay down my life for the sheep | This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 741 | JHN | 10 | 16 | y3g7 | figs-metaphor | ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω | 1 | I have other sheep | Here, **other sheep** is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 742 | JHN | 10 | 16 | w86n | figs-metaphor | μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν | 1 | one flock and one shepherd | Here, **flock** and **shepherd** are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 743 | JHN | 10 | 17 | kd16 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 744 | JHN | 10 | 17 | i59j | διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου | 1 | This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life | God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son. | |
| 745 | JHN | 10 | 17 | kpr5 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 746 | JHN | 10 | 17 | px17 | ἀγαπᾷ | 1 | loves | This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 747 | JHN | 10 | 17 | wc4l | figs-euphemism | ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν | 1 | I lay down my life so that I may take it again | This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 748 | JHN | 10 | 18 | j945 | figs-rpronouns | ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ | 1 | I lay it down of myself | The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 749 | JHN | 10 | 18 | s13n | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | I have received this command from my Father | “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 750 | JHN | 10 | 19 | wft1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said. | ||
| 751 | JHN | 10 | 20 | gm3r | figs-rquestion | τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε | 1 | Why do you listen to him? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 752 | JHN | 10 | 21 | mj2b | figs-rquestion | δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι | 1 | Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 753 | JHN | 10 | 22 | f9cm | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 754 | JHN | 10 | 22 | w25f | ἐνκαίνια | 1 | Festival of the Dedication | This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose. | |
| 755 | JHN | 10 | 23 | v6wn | figs-explicit | περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ | 1 | Jesus was walking in the temple | The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 756 | JHN | 10 | 23 | cs2b | στοᾷ | 1 | porch | This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls. | |
| 757 | JHN | 10 | 24 | m8ja | figs-synecdoche | ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | Then the Jews surrounded him | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 758 | JHN | 10 | 24 | nk9t | figs-idiom | τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις | 1 | hold us doubting | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 759 | JHN | 10 | 25 | cb95 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus begins to respond to the Jews. | ||
| 760 | JHN | 10 | 25 | e7zh | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | in the name of my Father | Here, **name** is a metonym for the power of God. Here, **Father** is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 761 | JHN | 10 | 25 | n34x | figs-personification | ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | these testify concerning me | His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 762 | JHN | 10 | 26 | als6 | figs-metaphor | οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν | 1 | not my sheep | The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 763 | JHN | 10 | 27 | rdw7 | figs-metaphor | τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν | 1 | My sheep hear my voice | The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 764 | JHN | 10 | 28 | bpx3 | figs-metonymy | οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου | 1 | no one will snatch them out of my hand | Here the word **hand** is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 765 | JHN | 10 | 29 | g82a | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι | 1 | My Father, who has given them to me | The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 766 | JHN | 10 | 29 | k1ya | figs-metonymy | τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός | 1 | the hand of the Father | The word **hand** is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 767 | JHN | 10 | 30 | rs4j | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν | 1 | I and the Father are one | Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 768 | JHN | 10 | 31 | fl8i | figs-synecdoche | ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | Then the Jews took up stones | The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 769 | JHN | 10 | 32 | t5q8 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός | 1 | Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father | Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 770 | JHN | 10 | 32 | tx8h | figs-irony | διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε | 1 | For which of those works are you stoning me? | This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 771 | JHN | 10 | 33 | bq1l | figs-synecdoche | ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | The Jews answered him | The word **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 772 | JHN | 10 | 33 | h4kp | ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν | 1 | making yourself God | “claiming to be God” | |
| 773 | JHN | 10 | 34 | qi82 | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? | 1 | Is it not written…gods”’? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 774 | JHN | 10 | 34 | b3gp | θεοί ἐστε | 1 | You are gods | Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth. | |
| 775 | JHN | 10 | 35 | m8ji | figs-metaphor | ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο | 1 | the word of God came | Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 776 | JHN | 10 | 35 | u9j2 | οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή | 1 | the scripture cannot be broken | Possible meanings are (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.” | |
| 777 | JHN | 10 | 36 | dvp5 | figs-rquestion | ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι | 1 | do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? | Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 778 | JHN | 10 | 36 | fj9f | βλασφημεῖς | 1 | You are blaspheming | “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God. | |
| 779 | JHN | 10 | 36 | rax1 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Father…Son of God | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 780 | JHN | 10 | 37 | wyd2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus finishes responding to the Jews. | ||
| 781 | JHN | 10 | 37 | us7v | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρός | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 782 | JHN | 10 | 37 | vk1v | πιστεύετέ μοι | 1 | believe me | Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true. | |
| 783 | JHN | 10 | 38 | k2zf | τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε | 1 | believe in the works | Here, **believe in** is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father. | |
| 784 | JHN | 10 | 38 | t8uf | figs-idiom | ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί | 1 | the Father is in me and that I am in the Father | These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 785 | JHN | 10 | 39 | eqh1 | figs-metonymy | ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν | 1 | went away out of their hand | The word **hand** is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 786 | JHN | 10 | 40 | b41s | figs-explicit | πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου | 1 | beyond the Jordan | Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 787 | JHN | 10 | 40 | f5dx | figs-explicit | ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ | 1 | he stayed there | Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 788 | JHN | 10 | 41 | m1pl | Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν | 1 | John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true | “It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.” | |
| 789 | JHN | 10 | 41 | lw9n | σημεῖον | 1 | signs | These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility. | |
| 790 | JHN | 10 | 42 | ieh5 | ἐπίστευσαν εἰς | 1 | believed in | Here, **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true. | |
| 791 | JHN | 11 | intro | tks5 | 0 | # John 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died. | |||
| 792 | JHN | 11 | 1 | fsf7 | writing-participants | 0 | General Information: | These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 793 | JHN | 11 | 2 | c6r9 | writing-background | ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς | 1 | It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair | As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 794 | JHN | 11 | 3 | i2ar | ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν | 1 | sent for Jesus | “asked Jesus to come” | |
| 795 | JHN | 11 | 3 | czm1 | φιλεῖς | 1 | love | Here, **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives. | |
| 796 | JHN | 11 | 4 | nk3g | figs-explicit | αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον | 1 | This sickness is not to death | Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 797 | JHN | 11 | 4 | k8d3 | θάνατον | 1 | death | This refers to physical death. | |
| 798 | JHN | 11 | 4 | q343 | figs-explicit | ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς | 1 | instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it | Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 799 | JHN | 11 | 4 | ad99 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 800 | JHN | 11 | 5 | j6r4 | writing-background | ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον | 1 | Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus | This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 801 | JHN | 11 | 8 | y4jm | figs-rquestion | Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ | 1 | Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 802 | JHN | 11 | 8 | p4x9 | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 803 | JHN | 11 | 9 | uv34 | figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας | 1 | Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 804 | JHN | 11 | 9 | ln4r | figs-metaphor | ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει | 1 | If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world | People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 805 | JHN | 11 | 10 | hel4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. | ||
| 806 | JHN | 11 | 10 | vm6h | figs-metaphor | ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί | 1 | if he walks at night | Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 807 | JHN | 11 | 10 | c3im | τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | the light is not in him | Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.” | |
| 808 | JHN | 11 | 11 | bev5 | figs-idiom | Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται | 1 | Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep | Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 809 | JHN | 11 | 11 | ze1z | figs-idiom | ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν | 1 | but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep | The words **wake him out of sleep** form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 810 | JHN | 11 | 12 | e5k2 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 811 | JHN | 11 | 12 | hn2j | εἰ κεκοίμηται | 1 | if he has fallen asleep | The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover. | |
| 812 | JHN | 11 | 14 | azy3 | τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ | 1 | Then Jesus said to them plainly | “So Jesus told them in words that they could understand” | |
| 813 | JHN | 11 | 15 | c2wh | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. | ||
| 814 | JHN | 11 | 15 | c4wj | δι’ ὑμᾶς | 1 | for your sakes | “for your benefit” | |
| 815 | JHN | 11 | 15 | ar2j | ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ | 1 | that I was not there so that you may believe | “that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.” | |
| 816 | JHN | 11 | 16 | dzc3 | figs-activepassive | ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος | 1 | who was called Didymus | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 817 | JHN | 11 | 16 | ymy6 | translate-names | Δίδυμος | 1 | Didymus | This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 818 | JHN | 11 | 17 | p5ya | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 819 | JHN | 11 | 17 | we1k | figs-activepassive | εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ | 1 | he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 820 | JHN | 11 | 18 | d35v | translate-bdistance | ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε | 1 | fifteen stadia away | “about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 821 | JHN | 11 | 19 | m26v | figs-explicit | περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ | 1 | about their brother | Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: “about their younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 822 | JHN | 11 | 21 | ef5h | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου | 1 | my brother would not have died | Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 823 | JHN | 11 | 23 | j8p2 | figs-explicit | ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου | 1 | Your brother will rise again | Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 824 | JHN | 11 | 24 | z7el | ἀναστήσεται | 1 | he will rise again | “he will become alive again” | |
| 825 | JHN | 11 | 25 | chs2 | κἂν ἀποθάνῃ | 1 | even if he dies | Here, **dies** refers to physical death. | |
| 826 | JHN | 11 | 25 | ef7a | ζήσεται | 1 | will live | Here, **live** refers to spiritual life. | |
| 827 | JHN | 11 | 26 | a6gs | πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα | 1 | whoever lives and believes in me will never die | “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever” | |
| 828 | JHN | 11 | 26 | fue3 | οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα | 1 | will never die | Here, **die** refers to spiritual death. | |
| 829 | JHN | 11 | 27 | mk4e | λέγει αὐτῷ | 1 | She said to him | “Martha said to Jesus” | |
| 830 | JHN | 11 | 27 | zd3n | ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος | 1 | Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world | Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God. | |
| 831 | JHN | 11 | 27 | y83q | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 832 | JHN | 11 | 28 | yd61 | figs-explicit | ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς | 1 | she went away and called her sister Mary | Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 833 | JHN | 11 | 28 | zs2t | διδάσκαλος | 1 | Teacher | This is a title referring to Jesus. | |
| 834 | JHN | 11 | 28 | fv8f | φωνεῖ σε | 1 | is calling for you | “is asking that you come” | |
| 835 | JHN | 11 | 30 | k5hy | writing-background | οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην | 1 | Now Jesus had not yet come into the village | Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 836 | JHN | 11 | 32 | zmp7 | ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας | 1 | fell down at his feet | Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect. | |
| 837 | JHN | 11 | 32 | j2wr | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός | 1 | my brother would not have died | Lazarus was Mary’s younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 838 | JHN | 11 | 33 | qef6 | figs-doublet | ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν | 1 | he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled | John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 839 | JHN | 11 | 34 | xl9p | figs-euphemism | ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν | 1 | Where have you laid him | This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 840 | JHN | 11 | 35 | bj6b | ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus wept | “Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying” | |
| 841 | JHN | 11 | 36 | b6ee | ἐφίλει | 1 | loved | This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member. | |
| 842 | JHN | 11 | 37 | b3at | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ | 1 | Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? | This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 843 | JHN | 11 | 37 | a76u | figs-idiom | ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς | 1 | opened the eyes | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 844 | JHN | 11 | 38 | xu7k | writing-background | ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ | 1 | Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it | John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 845 | JHN | 11 | 39 | l2pd | figs-explicit | ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα | 1 | Martha, the sister of Lazarus | Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the older sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 846 | JHN | 11 | 39 | lt1d | ἤδη ὄζει | 1 | by this time the body will be decaying | “by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking” | |
| 847 | JHN | 11 | 40 | q5mw | figs-rquestion | οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 848 | JHN | 11 | 41 | lj5j | figs-idiom | Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω | 1 | Jesus lifted up his eyes | This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 849 | JHN | 11 | 41 | s2dh | Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου | 1 | Father, I thank you that you listened to me | Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer” | |
| 850 | JHN | 11 | 41 | j54b | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 851 | JHN | 11 | 42 | bj2b | ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας | 1 | so that they may believe that you have sent me | “I want them to believe that you have sent me” | |
| 852 | JHN | 11 | 43 | ev4z | ταῦτα εἰπὼν | 1 | After he had said this | “After Jesus had prayed” | |
| 853 | JHN | 11 | 43 | cz9f | φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν | 1 | he cried out with a loud voice | “he shouted” | |
| 854 | JHN | 11 | 44 | x4cb | figs-activepassive | δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο | 1 | his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth | A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 855 | JHN | 11 | 44 | d8xf | λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus said to them | The word **them** refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle. | |
| 856 | JHN | 11 | 45 | rlf4 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 857 | JHN | 11 | 47 | ib61 | 0 | General Information: | Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting. | ||
| 858 | JHN | 11 | 47 | nhw4 | οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς | 1 | Then the chief priests | “Then the leaders among the priests” | |
| 859 | JHN | 11 | 47 | gz8c | οὖν | 1 | Then | The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md). | |
| 860 | JHN | 11 | 47 | z5e9 | figs-explicit | τί ποιοῦμεν | 1 | What will we do? | It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 861 | JHN | 11 | 48 | kq4z | figs-explicit | πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν | 1 | all will believe in him | The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 862 | JHN | 11 | 48 | hr3p | figs-synecdoche | ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι | 1 | the Romans will come | This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 863 | JHN | 11 | 48 | ah4r | ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος | 1 | take away both our place and our nation | “destroy both our temple and our nation” | |
| 864 | JHN | 11 | 49 | efq8 | writing-participants | εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν | 1 | a certain man among them | This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 865 | JHN | 11 | 49 | lj6b | figs-hyperbole | ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν | 1 | You know nothing | This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 866 | JHN | 11 | 50 | zh9n | figs-explicit | καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται | 1 | than that the whole nation perishes | Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word **nation** here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 867 | JHN | 11 | 51 | qww5 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 868 | JHN | 11 | 51 | eh17 | figs-synecdoche | ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους | 1 | die for the nation | The word **nation** is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 869 | JHN | 11 | 52 | d85p | figs-ellipsis | συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν | 1 | would be gathered together into one | This is an ellipsis. The word **people** is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 870 | JHN | 11 | 52 | mle1 | τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | children of God | This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children. | |
| 871 | JHN | 11 | 54 | gp4h | 0 | General Information: | Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near. | ||
| 872 | JHN | 11 | 54 | bnd8 | figs-synecdoche | παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | walk openly among the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and **walk openly** is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 873 | JHN | 11 | 54 | cg66 | τὴν χώραν | 1 | the country | the rural area outside cities where fewer people live | |
| 874 | JHN | 11 | 54 | h5jk | figs-explicit | κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν | 1 | There he stayed with the disciples | Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 875 | JHN | 11 | 55 | qd5y | ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | went up to Jerusalem | The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas. | |
| 876 | JHN | 11 | 56 | a5kt | figs-events | 0 | General Information: | The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 877 | JHN | 11 | 56 | kc75 | ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν | 1 | They were looking for Jesus | The word **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem. | |
| 878 | JHN | 11 | 56 | p2wz | figs-rquestion | τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν | 1 | What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? | These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 879 | JHN | 11 | 57 | glb6 | writing-background | δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς | 1 | Now the chief priests | This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 880 | JHN | 12 | intro | qzv4 | 0 | # John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)). | |||
| 881 | JHN | 12 | 1 | elj4 | 0 | General Information: | Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil. | ||
| 882 | JHN | 12 | 1 | s1v2 | writing-newevent | πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα | 1 | Six days before the Passover | The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 883 | JHN | 12 | 1 | z1jp | figs-idiom | ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | had raised from the dead | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 884 | JHN | 12 | 3 | c8kf | translate-bweight | λίτραν μύρου | 1 | a litra of perfume | You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) |
| 885 | JHN | 12 | 3 | ki9d | μύρου | 1 | perfume | This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers. | |
| 886 | JHN | 12 | 3 | b3sa | translate-unknown | νάρδου | 1 | nard | This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 887 | JHN | 12 | 3 | pq7c | figs-activepassive | ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου | 1 | The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume | This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 888 | JHN | 12 | 4 | e1xj | ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι | 1 | the one who would betray him | “the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him” | |
| 889 | JHN | 12 | 5 | e8d7 | figs-rquestion | διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς | 1 | Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? | This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 890 | JHN | 12 | 5 | p838 | translate-numbers | τριακοσίων δηναρίων | 1 | three hundred denarii | You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 891 | JHN | 12 | 5 | dx9e | translate-bmoney | δηναρίων | 1 | denarii | A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 892 | JHN | 12 | 6 | ri5l | writing-background | εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν | 1 | Now he said this…would steal from what was put in it | John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 893 | JHN | 12 | 6 | sl8u | εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν | 1 | he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief | “he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor” | |
| 894 | JHN | 12 | 7 | dcn3 | figs-explicit | ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό | 1 | Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial | Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 895 | JHN | 12 | 8 | r82p | figs-explicit | τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν | 1 | You will always have the poor with you | Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: “There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 896 | JHN | 12 | 8 | kn28 | figs-explicit | ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε | 1 | But you will not always have me | In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “But I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 897 | JHN | 12 | 9 | qm36 | writing-background | οὖν | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 898 | JHN | 12 | 11 | kjk7 | δι’ αὐτὸν | 1 | because of him | The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus. | |
| 899 | JHN | 12 | 11 | f6mg | figs-explicit | ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν | 1 | believed in Jesus | This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 900 | JHN | 12 | 12 | f1im | 0 | General Information: | Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king. | ||
| 901 | JHN | 12 | 12 | w1c2 | writing-newevent | τῇ ἐπαύριον | 1 | On the next day | The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 902 | JHN | 12 | 12 | sy8h | ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς | 1 | a great crowd | “a great crowd of people” | |
| 903 | JHN | 12 | 13 | lzn9 | ὡσαννά | 1 | Hosanna | This means “May God save us now!” | |
| 904 | JHN | 12 | 13 | i5ul | εὐλογημένος | 1 | Blessed | This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person. | |
| 905 | JHN | 12 | 13 | w7ty | figs-metonymy | ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου | 1 | comes in the name of the Lord | Here the word **name** is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 906 | JHN | 12 | 14 | dbc5 | writing-background | εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό | 1 | Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it | Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a **donkey**. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 907 | JHN | 12 | 14 | h6xz | figs-activepassive | καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον | 1 | as it was written | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 908 | JHN | 12 | 15 | vra1 | figs-metonymy | θυγάτηρ Σιών | 1 | daughter of Zion | **Daughter of Zion** here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 909 | JHN | 12 | 16 | a74d | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 910 | JHN | 12 | 16 | rq52 | ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ | 1 | His disciples did not understand these things | Here the words **these things** refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus. | |
| 911 | JHN | 12 | 16 | xdm7 | figs-activepassive | ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς | 1 | when Jesus was glorified | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 912 | JHN | 12 | 16 | lvz1 | ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ | 1 | they had done these things to him | The words **these things** refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches). | |
| 913 | JHN | 12 | 17 | i6ag | writing-background | οὖν | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 914 | JHN | 12 | 18 | eel6 | ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον | 1 | they heard that he had done this sign | “they heard others say that he had done this sign” | |
| 915 | JHN | 12 | 18 | v2nx | τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον | 1 | this sign | A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah. | |
| 916 | JHN | 12 | 19 | c43j | figs-explicit | θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν | 1 | Look, you can do nothing | The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 917 | JHN | 12 | 19 | i5uq | figs-hyperbole | ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν | 1 | see, the world has gone after him | The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 918 | JHN | 12 | 19 | ev6e | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος | 1 | the world | Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 919 | JHN | 12 | 20 | k8v2 | writing-participants | δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες | 1 | Now certain Greeks | The phrase **now certain** marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 920 | JHN | 12 | 20 | i6nd | figs-explicit | ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ | 1 | to worship at the festival | John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 921 | JHN | 12 | 21 | lr8c | Βηθσαϊδὰ | 1 | Bethsaida | This was a town in the province of Galilee. | |
| 922 | JHN | 12 | 22 | b9re | figs-ellipsis | λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | they told Jesus | Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 923 | JHN | 12 | 23 | p96d | 0 | General Information: | Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew. | ||
| 924 | JHN | 12 | 23 | jl9u | figs-explicit | ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified | Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 925 | JHN | 12 | 24 | m255 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly, truly, I say to you | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 926 | JHN | 12 | 24 | gq2y | figs-metaphor | ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει | 1 | unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit | Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 927 | JHN | 12 | 25 | sk6e | figs-explicit | ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν | 1 | He who loves his life will lose it | Here, **loves his life** means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 928 | JHN | 12 | 25 | mp7b | figs-explicit | ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν | 1 | he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life | Here the one who **hates his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 929 | JHN | 12 | 26 | i8ky | figs-explicit | ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται | 1 | where I am, there will my servant also be | Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 930 | JHN | 12 | 26 | wx3m | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ | 1 | the Father will honor him | Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 931 | JHN | 12 | 27 | ytv9 | figs-rquestion | τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης | 1 | what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? | This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 932 | JHN | 12 | 27 | bx1j | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 933 | JHN | 12 | 27 | hmv9 | figs-metonymy | τῆς ὥρας ταύτης | 1 | this hour | Here, **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 934 | JHN | 12 | 28 | v2fk | figs-metonymy | δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα | 1 | glorify your name | Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 935 | JHN | 12 | 28 | r6qk | figs-metonymy | ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | a voice came from heaven | This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 936 | JHN | 12 | 30 | kd86 | 0 | General Information: | Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven. | ||
| 937 | JHN | 12 | 31 | fc6r | figs-metonymy | νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου | 1 | Now is the judgment of this world | Here, **this world** is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 938 | JHN | 12 | 31 | pv51 | figs-activepassive | νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω | 1 | Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out | Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 939 | JHN | 12 | 32 | b1zu | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 940 | JHN | 12 | 32 | a7tc | figs-activepassive | κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς | 1 | When I am lifted up from the earth | Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 941 | JHN | 12 | 32 | n7i6 | πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν | 1 | will draw everyone to myself | Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him. | |
| 942 | JHN | 12 | 33 | v7f3 | writing-background | τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν | 1 | He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die | John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 943 | JHN | 12 | 34 | mx1k | figs-ellipsis | δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | The Son of Man must be lifted up | The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 944 | JHN | 12 | 34 | t386 | τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Who is this Son of Man? | Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” | |
| 945 | JHN | 12 | 35 | l2w4 | figs-metaphor | εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει | 1 | The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going | Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 946 | JHN | 12 | 36 | j1rs | figs-metaphor | ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε | 1 | While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light | The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 947 | JHN | 12 | 37 | s1wh | 0 | General Information: | This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. | ||
| 948 | JHN | 12 | 38 | k15e | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ | 1 | so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 949 | JHN | 12 | 38 | gx5x | figs-rquestion | Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη | 1 | Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? | This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 950 | JHN | 12 | 38 | dh6s | figs-metonymy | ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου | 1 | the arm of the Lord | This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 951 | JHN | 12 | 40 | z323 | figs-metonymy | ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts | Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 952 | JHN | 12 | 40 | h99a | figs-metaphor | καὶ στραφῶσιν | 1 | and turn | Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 953 | JHN | 12 | 42 | hdh1 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται | 1 | so that they would not be banned from the synagogue | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 954 | JHN | 12 | 43 | fx72 | ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God | “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them” | |
| 955 | JHN | 12 | 44 | t7cq | 0 | General Information: | Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd. | ||
| 956 | JHN | 12 | 44 | d27w | figs-explicit | Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν | 1 | Jesus cried out and said | Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 957 | JHN | 12 | 45 | s6xx | ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με | 1 | the one who sees me sees him who sent me | Here the word **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me” | |
| 958 | JHN | 12 | 46 | db76 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to the crowd. | ||
| 959 | JHN | 12 | 46 | wib3 | figs-metaphor | ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα | 1 | I have come as a light | Here the **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 960 | JHN | 12 | 46 | i31g | figs-metaphor | ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ | 1 | may not remain in the darkness | Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 961 | JHN | 12 | 46 | uxb8 | figs-metonymy | τὸν κόσμον | 1 | the world | Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 962 | JHN | 12 | 47 | xvq6 | figs-explicit | καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον | 1 | If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world | Here, **to judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 963 | JHN | 12 | 48 | b1ds | ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | on the last day | “at the time when God judges people’s sins” | |
| 964 | JHN | 12 | 49 | ybm5 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 965 | JHN | 12 | 50 | tar2 | οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν | 1 | I know that his command is eternal life | “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever” | |
| 966 | JHN | 13 | intro | zk68 | 0 | # John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |||
| 967 | JHN | 13 | 1 | wk2k | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 968 | JHN | 13 | 1 | w7w3 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 969 | JHN | 13 | 1 | a1w4 | ἀγαπήσας | 1 | loved | This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 970 | JHN | 13 | 2 | xn6r | figs-idiom | τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης | 1 | the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus | The phrase **put it into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 971 | JHN | 13 | 3 | u3vn | writing-background | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 972 | JHN | 13 | 3 | fd2t | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 973 | JHN | 13 | 3 | x8hc | figs-metonymy | πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | had given everything over into his hands | Here, **his hands** is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 974 | JHN | 13 | 3 | a6qj | ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει | 1 | he had come from God and was going back to God | Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished. | |
| 975 | JHN | 13 | 4 | t7cu | ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια | 1 | He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing | Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant. | |
| 976 | JHN | 13 | 5 | s1pc | ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν | 1 | began to wash the feet of the disciples | Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet. | |
| 977 | JHN | 13 | 6 | bz27 | figs-rquestion | Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας | 1 | Lord, are you going to wash my feet? | Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 978 | JHN | 13 | 8 | f6dg | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | If I do not wash you, you have no share with me | Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 979 | JHN | 13 | 10 | tv57 | 0 | General Information: | Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples. | ||
| 980 | JHN | 13 | 10 | m7vj | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter. | ||
| 981 | JHN | 13 | 10 | is57 | figs-metaphor | ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι | 1 | He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet | Here, **bathed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 982 | JHN | 13 | 11 | ccz4 | figs-explicit | οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε | 1 | Not all of you are clean | Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 983 | JHN | 13 | 12 | p45l | figs-rquestion | γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν | 1 | Do you know what I have done for you? | This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 984 | JHN | 13 | 13 | m9z8 | figs-explicit | ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος | 1 | You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ | Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 985 | JHN | 13 | 15 | pk3l | figs-explicit | καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε | 1 | you should also do just as I did for you | Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 986 | JHN | 13 | 16 | n5cb | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues to speak to his disciples. | ||
| 987 | JHN | 13 | 16 | h6gt | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 988 | JHN | 13 | 16 | tpl8 | μείζων | 1 | greater | one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life | |
| 989 | JHN | 13 | 17 | an8u | figs-activepassive | μακάριοί ἐστε | 1 | you are blessed | Here, **bless** means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 990 | JHN | 13 | 18 | u5fl | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ | 1 | this so that the scripture will be fulfilled | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 991 | JHN | 13 | 18 | v5pv | figs-idiom | ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ | 1 | He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me | Here the phrase **eats my bread** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 992 | JHN | 13 | 19 | qd39 | ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι | 1 | I tell you this now before it happens | “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens” | |
| 993 | JHN | 13 | 19 | gg19 | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | I AM | Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.” | |
| 994 | JHN | 13 | 20 | di3t | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 995 | JHN | 13 | 21 | bq84 | ἐταράχθη | 1 | troubled | concerned, upset | |
| 996 | JHN | 13 | 21 | j7x1 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 997 | JHN | 13 | 22 | dhs3 | ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει | 1 | The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking | “The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?” | |
| 998 | JHN | 13 | 23 | xvi8 | εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved | This refers to John. | |
| 999 | JHN | 13 | 23 | z8ze | figs-explicit | ἀνακείμενος | 1 | lying down at the table | During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1000 | JHN | 13 | 23 | p2ee | τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | Jesus’ side | Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him. | |
| 1001 | JHN | 13 | 23 | a58j | ἠγάπα | 1 | loved | This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1002 | JHN | 13 | 26 | qpj8 | writing-background | Ἰσκαριώτη | 1 | Iscariot | This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1003 | JHN | 13 | 27 | r8lk | figs-ellipsis | καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον | 1 | Then after the bread | The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1004 | JHN | 13 | 27 | xk39 | figs-idiom | εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς | 1 | Satan entered into him | This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan took control of him” or “Satan started to command him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1005 | JHN | 13 | 27 | rz21 | λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | so Jesus said to him | Here Jesus is speaking to Judas. | |
| 1006 | JHN | 13 | 27 | agd7 | ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον | 1 | What you are doing, do it quickly | “Do quickly what you are planning to do!” | |
| 1007 | JHN | 13 | 29 | rv4z | τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ | 1 | that he should give something to the poor | You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.” | |
| 1008 | JHN | 13 | 30 | dw7m | writing-background | ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ | 1 | he went out immediately. It was night | John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the **night**. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1009 | JHN | 13 | 31 | d6l8 | figs-activepassive | νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1010 | JHN | 13 | 32 | uaj7 | figs-rpronouns | ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν | 1 | God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately | The word **him** refers to the Son of Man. The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
| 1011 | JHN | 13 | 33 | zki6 | τεκνία | 1 | Little children | Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children. | |
| 1012 | JHN | 13 | 33 | lp65 | figs-synecdoche | καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | as I said to the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1013 | JHN | 13 | 34 | fkc7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. | ||
| 1014 | JHN | 13 | 34 | nmf5 | ἀγαπᾶτε | 1 | love | This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1015 | JHN | 13 | 35 | kyd9 | figs-hyperbole | πάντες | 1 | everyone | You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 1016 | JHN | 13 | 37 | ye6m | τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω | 1 | lay down my life | “give up my life” or “die” | |
| 1017 | JHN | 13 | 38 | qp88 | figs-rquestion | τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις | 1 | Will you lay down your life for me? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1018 | JHN | 13 | 38 | sp7p | οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς | 1 | the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times | “you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows” | |
| 1019 | JHN | 14 | intro | kv6m | 0 | # John 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) | |||
| 1020 | JHN | 14 | 1 | a2xv | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. | ||
| 1021 | JHN | 14 | 1 | w3dn | figs-metonymy | μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία | 1 | Do not let your heart be troubled | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1022 | JHN | 14 | 2 | cp9z | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν | 1 | In my Father’s house are many rooms | “There are many places to live in my Father’s house” | |
| 1023 | JHN | 14 | 2 | eca3 | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | In my Father’s house | This refers to heaven, where God lives. | |
| 1024 | JHN | 14 | 2 | v9px | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρός | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1025 | JHN | 14 | 2 | fp9r | μοναὶ πολλαί | 1 | many rooms | The word **room** can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling. | |
| 1026 | JHN | 14 | 2 | xb2y | figs-you | πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν | 1 | I am going to prepare a place for you | Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 1027 | JHN | 14 | 4 | ir1d | figs-metaphor | τὴν ὁδόν | 1 | the way | This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1028 | JHN | 14 | 5 | e1dl | πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι | 1 | how can we know the way? | “how can we know how to get there?” | |
| 1029 | JHN | 14 | 6 | i8le | figs-metaphor | ἡ ἀλήθεια | 1 | the truth | This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1030 | JHN | 14 | 6 | z9tr | figs-metaphor | ἡ ζωή | 1 | the life | This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1031 | JHN | 14 | 6 | g5hn | figs-explicit | οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | no one comes to the Father except through me | People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1032 | JHN | 14 | 6 | f95q | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1033 | JHN | 14 | 8 | kum1 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | Lord, show us the Father | The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1034 | JHN | 14 | 9 | mr1a | figs-rquestion | τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε | 1 | I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1035 | JHN | 14 | 9 | l3s8 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | Whoever has seen me has seen the Father | To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1036 | JHN | 14 | 9 | x1uh | figs-rquestion | πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1037 | JHN | 14 | 10 | v2jb | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples. | ||
| 1038 | JHN | 14 | 10 | hc1z | figs-rquestion | οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν | 1 | Do you not believe…in me? | This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1039 | JHN | 14 | 10 | e4se | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρὶ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1040 | JHN | 14 | 10 | pgk6 | τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ | 1 | The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority | “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me” | |
| 1041 | JHN | 14 | 10 | wh9w | τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν | 1 | The words that I say to you | Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples. | |
| 1042 | JHN | 14 | 11 | ew6g | figs-idiom | ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί | 1 | I am in the Father, and the Father is in me | This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1043 | JHN | 14 | 12 | gh64 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 1044 | JHN | 14 | 12 | h2rh | ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ | 1 | believes in me | This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God. | |
| 1045 | JHN | 14 | 12 | cn14 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1046 | JHN | 14 | 13 | n2id | figs-metonymy | ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | Whatever you ask in my name | Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1047 | JHN | 14 | 13 | i138 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ | 1 | so that the Father will be glorified in the Son | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1048 | JHN | 14 | 13 | j6nh | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ | 1 | Father…Son | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1049 | JHN | 14 | 14 | sgk6 | figs-metonymy | ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω | 1 | If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it | Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1050 | JHN | 14 | 16 | tu1e | Παράκλητον | 1 | Comforter | This refers to the Holy Spirit. | |
| 1051 | JHN | 14 | 17 | sc6r | Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας | 1 | Spirit of truth | This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God. | |
| 1052 | JHN | 14 | 17 | i2v7 | figs-metonymy | ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν | 1 | The world cannot receive him | Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1053 | JHN | 14 | 18 | hy8v | figs-explicit | ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς | 1 | leave you alone | Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1054 | JHN | 14 | 19 | r5q8 | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος | 1 | the world | Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1055 | JHN | 14 | 20 | b87j | γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου | 1 | you will know that I am in my Father | God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person” | |
| 1056 | JHN | 14 | 20 | he2a | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρί μου | 1 | my Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1057 | JHN | 14 | 20 | ht8z | καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | you are in me, and that I am in you | “you and I are just like one person” | |
| 1058 | JHN | 14 | 21 | rw8n | ἀγαπῶν | 1 | loves | This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1059 | JHN | 14 | 21 | gjl8 | figs-activepassive | ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | he who loves me will be loved by my Father | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1060 | JHN | 14 | 21 | qsu7 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρός μου | 1 | my Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1061 | JHN | 14 | 22 | r22b | translate-names | Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης | 1 | Judas (not Iscariot) | This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1062 | JHN | 14 | 22 | a7aa | τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν | 1 | why is it that you will show yourself to us | Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?” | |
| 1063 | JHN | 14 | 22 | gv3a | figs-metonymy | οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | not to the world | Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1064 | JHN | 14 | 23 | a9av | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot). | ||
| 1065 | JHN | 14 | 23 | xez7 | ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει | 1 | If anyone loves me, he will keep my word | “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do” | |
| 1066 | JHN | 14 | 23 | ai8y | ἀγαπᾷ | 1 | loves | This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1067 | JHN | 14 | 23 | xk31 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | My Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1068 | JHN | 14 | 23 | h9tl | figs-explicit | πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα | 1 | we will come to him and we will make our home with him | The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1069 | JHN | 14 | 24 | b7di | ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός | 1 | The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me | “The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own” | |
| 1070 | JHN | 14 | 24 | c3ju | ὁ λόγος | 1 | The word | “The message” | |
| 1071 | JHN | 14 | 24 | d7ay | ὃν ἀκούετε | 1 | that you hear | Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples. | |
| 1072 | JHN | 14 | 26 | hk8n | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1073 | JHN | 14 | 27 | nx8a | figs-metonymy | κόσμος | 1 | world | The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1074 | JHN | 14 | 27 | m6qq | figs-metonymy | μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω | 1 | Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1075 | JHN | 14 | 28 | s8bx | ἠγαπᾶτέ | 1 | loved | This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1076 | JHN | 14 | 28 | s3t3 | figs-explicit | πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | I am going to the Father | Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1077 | JHN | 14 | 28 | gtk5 | figs-explicit | ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν | 1 | the Father is greater than I | Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1078 | JHN | 14 | 28 | ymq4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1079 | JHN | 14 | 30 | ah3s | τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων | 1 | ruler of this world | Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” | |
| 1080 | JHN | 14 | 30 | ea6m | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται…ἄρχων | 1 | ruler…is coming | Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1081 | JHN | 14 | 31 | jhq1 | figs-metonymy | ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος | 1 | in order that the world will know | Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1082 | JHN | 14 | 31 | r9ub | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | the Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1083 | JHN | 15 | intro | k9jd | 0 | # John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
| 1084 | JHN | 15 | 1 | aws2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. | ||
| 1085 | JHN | 15 | 1 | fen5 | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή | 1 | I am the true vine | Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1086 | JHN | 15 | 1 | w2d4 | figs-metaphor | ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν | 1 | my Father is the gardener | The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1087 | JHN | 15 | 1 | hqj7 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | my Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1088 | JHN | 15 | 2 | p311 | figs-metaphor | πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει | 1 | He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit | Here, **every branch** represents people, and **bear fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1089 | JHN | 15 | 2 | wt8w | αἴρει | 1 | takes away | “cuts off and takes away” | |
| 1090 | JHN | 15 | 2 | xej7 | πᾶν…καθαίρει | 1 | prunes every branch | “trims every branch” | |
| 1091 | JHN | 15 | 3 | xn3j | figs-metaphor | ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν | 1 | You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you | The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1092 | JHN | 15 | 3 | l5zz | figs-you | ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν | 1 | you | The word **you** throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 1093 | JHN | 15 | 4 | qvv9 | μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | Remain in me, and I in you | “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you” | |
| 1094 | JHN | 15 | 4 | hn7q | ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε | 1 | unless you remain in me | By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything” | |
| 1095 | JHN | 15 | 5 | mw4t | figs-metaphor | ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα | 1 | I am the vine, you are the branches | The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1096 | JHN | 15 | 5 | r4di | figs-explicit | ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | He who remains in me and I in him | Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1097 | JHN | 15 | 5 | hzh4 | figs-metaphor | οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν | 1 | he bears much fruit | The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much **fruit**, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1098 | JHN | 15 | 6 | k1tm | figs-metaphor | ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη | 1 | he is thrown away like a branch and dries up | Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1099 | JHN | 15 | 6 | e789 | figs-activepassive | καίεται | 1 | they are burned up | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1100 | JHN | 15 | 7 | m38f | figs-explicit | ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε | 1 | ask whatever you wish | Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1101 | JHN | 15 | 7 | mcz5 | figs-activepassive | γενήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | it will be done for you | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1102 | JHN | 15 | 8 | yq67 | figs-activepassive | ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | My Father is glorified in this | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1103 | JHN | 15 | 8 | z1ww | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | My Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1104 | JHN | 15 | 8 | wpa6 | figs-metaphor | ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε | 1 | that you bear much fruit | Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1105 | JHN | 15 | 8 | vtg5 | γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί | 1 | are my disciples | “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples” | |
| 1106 | JHN | 15 | 9 | nf5v | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα | 1 | As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you | Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1107 | JHN | 15 | 9 | d32z | μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ | 1 | Remain in my love | “Continue to accept my love” | |
| 1108 | JHN | 15 | 10 | cu4e | figs-explicit | ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ | 1 | If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love | When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1109 | JHN | 15 | 10 | k1nm | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός | 1 | my Father | Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1110 | JHN | 15 | 11 | rcv8 | ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ | 1 | I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you | “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have” | |
| 1111 | JHN | 15 | 11 | r1p1 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ | 1 | so that your joy will be complete | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1112 | JHN | 15 | 13 | bu8j | τὴν ψυχὴν | 1 | life | This refers to physical life. | |
| 1113 | JHN | 15 | 15 | h2wv | πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν | 1 | everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you | “I have told you everything my Father told me” | |
| 1114 | JHN | 15 | 15 | b56f | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | my Father | Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1115 | JHN | 15 | 16 | yu3e | figs-explicit | οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε | 1 | You did not choose me | Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1116 | JHN | 15 | 16 | qj98 | figs-metaphor | ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε | 1 | go and bear fruit | Here, **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1117 | JHN | 15 | 16 | v3je | καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ | 1 | that your fruit should remain | “that the results of what you do should last forever” | |
| 1118 | JHN | 15 | 16 | z431 | figs-metonymy | ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν | 1 | whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you | Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1119 | JHN | 15 | 16 | bcy1 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | the Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1120 | JHN | 15 | 18 | d5ff | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος | 1 | the world | the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1121 | JHN | 15 | 19 | x6q8 | figs-metonymy | τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | the world | the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1122 | JHN | 15 | 19 | xas7 | ἐφίλει | 1 | love | This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. | |
| 1123 | JHN | 15 | 20 | v53s | figs-metonymy | μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν | 1 | Remember the word that I said to you | Here, **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1124 | JHN | 15 | 21 | z35m | figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | because of my name | Here, **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1125 | JHN | 15 | 22 | m75h | figs-explicit | εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν | 1 | If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin | Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1126 | JHN | 15 | 23 | sw4l | ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ | 1 | He who hates me also hates my Father | To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. | |
| 1127 | JHN | 15 | 23 | u9u7 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1128 | JHN | 15 | 24 | bd47 | figs-doublenegatives | εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ | 1 | If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but | You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1129 | JHN | 15 | 24 | v23s | ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν | 1 | they would have no sin | “they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md). | |
| 1130 | JHN | 15 | 24 | v6pt | καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου | 1 | they have seen and hated both me and my Father | To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. | |
| 1131 | JHN | 15 | 25 | x7g9 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος | 1 | to fulfill the word that is written in their law | You can translate this in an active form. **Word** here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1132 | JHN | 15 | 25 | j2m2 | τῷ νόμῳ | 1 | law | This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people. | |
| 1133 | JHN | 15 | 26 | mwq6 | πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me | God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son. | |
| 1134 | JHN | 15 | 26 | tpw6 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρός | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1135 | JHN | 15 | 26 | tzi9 | figs-explicit | τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας | 1 | the Spirit of truth | This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1136 | JHN | 15 | 27 | r47f | figs-explicit | καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε | 1 | You are also testifying | Here, **testifying** means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1137 | JHN | 15 | 27 | ew2v | figs-metonymy | ἀρχῆς | 1 | the beginning | Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1138 | JHN | 16 | intro | wb8v | 0 | # John 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |||
| 1139 | JHN | 16 | 1 | pbc8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them. | ||
| 1140 | JHN | 16 | 1 | vui6 | figs-explicit | μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε | 1 | you will not fall away | Here the phrase **fall away** implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1141 | JHN | 16 | 2 | i79b | ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God | “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.” | |
| 1142 | JHN | 16 | 3 | cqw1 | ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ | 1 | They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me | They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus. | |
| 1143 | JHN | 16 | 3 | k4r6 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1144 | JHN | 16 | 4 | blb2 | figs-metonymy | ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν | 1 | when their hour comes | Here, **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1145 | JHN | 16 | 4 | dh5i | figs-metonymy | ἐξ ἀρχῆς | 1 | in the beginning | This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1146 | JHN | 16 | 6 | kr4d | figs-metonymy | ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | sadness has filled your heart | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1147 | JHN | 16 | 7 | g3ze | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς | 1 | if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you | You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1148 | JHN | 16 | 7 | d1zd | Παράκλητος | 1 | Comforter | This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md). | |
| 1149 | JHN | 16 | 8 | e7di | ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας | 1 | the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin | When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners. | |
| 1150 | JHN | 16 | 8 | bpu5 | ἐκεῖνος | 1 | Comforter | This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md). | |
| 1151 | JHN | 16 | 8 | i78r | figs-metonymy | κόσμον | 1 | world | This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1152 | JHN | 16 | 9 | v4hk | περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ | 1 | about sin, because they do not believe in me | “they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me” | |
| 1153 | JHN | 16 | 10 | t4qe | περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με | 1 | about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me | “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things” | |
| 1154 | JHN | 16 | 10 | r121 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1155 | JHN | 16 | 11 | l71y | περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται | 1 | about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged | “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world” | |
| 1156 | JHN | 16 | 11 | x2z1 | ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου | 1 | the ruler of this world | Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” | |
| 1157 | JHN | 16 | 12 | g29n | πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν | 1 | things to say to you | “messages for you” or “words for you” | |
| 1158 | JHN | 16 | 13 | j7gr | τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας | 1 | the Spirit of Truth | This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God. | |
| 1159 | JHN | 16 | 13 | pau7 | figs-explicit | ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ | 1 | he will guide you into all the truth | The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1160 | JHN | 16 | 13 | v738 | figs-explicit | ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει | 1 | he will say whatever he hears | Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1161 | JHN | 16 | 14 | m9pb | figs-explicit | ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν | 1 | he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you | Here, **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1162 | JHN | 16 | 15 | s73e | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1163 | JHN | 16 | 15 | rmq9 | figs-explicit | ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν | 1 | the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you | The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1164 | JHN | 16 | 16 | nq4g | μικρὸν | 1 | In a short amount of time | “Soon” or “Before much time passes” | |
| 1165 | JHN | 16 | 16 | en9b | καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν | 1 | after another short amount of time | “again, before much time passes” | |
| 1166 | JHN | 16 | 17 | f2sj | 0 | General Information: | There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant. | ||
| 1167 | JHN | 16 | 17 | s9x3 | μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με | 1 | A short amount of time you will no longer see me | The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross. | |
| 1168 | JHN | 16 | 17 | zd1n | πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με | 1 | after another short amount of time you will see me | Possible meanings are (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time. | |
| 1169 | JHN | 16 | 17 | sz1v | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | the Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1170 | JHN | 16 | 19 | j7dv | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. | ||
| 1171 | JHN | 16 | 19 | j7wv | figs-rquestion | περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με | 1 | Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’? | Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1172 | JHN | 16 | 20 | jx6s | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly, truly, I say to you | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 1173 | JHN | 16 | 20 | p9x1 | figs-metonymy | ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται | 1 | but the world will be glad | Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1174 | JHN | 16 | 20 | p6v5 | figs-activepassive | ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται | 1 | but your sorrow will be turned into joy | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1175 | JHN | 16 | 22 | j7ge | figs-metonymy | χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία | 1 | your heart will be glad | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1176 | JHN | 16 | 23 | g4qt | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν | 1 | Truly, truly, I say to you | Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 1177 | JHN | 16 | 23 | v91r | figs-metonymy | ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you | Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1178 | JHN | 16 | 23 | w5jj | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1179 | JHN | 16 | 23 | q75v | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | in my name | Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1180 | JHN | 16 | 24 | p83u | figs-activepassive | ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη | 1 | your joy will be fulfilled | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1181 | JHN | 16 | 25 | m4wc | ἐν παροιμίαις | 1 | in figures of speech | “in language that is not clear” | |
| 1182 | JHN | 16 | 25 | n93q | ἔρχεται ὥρα | 1 | the hour is coming | “it will soon happen” | |
| 1183 | JHN | 16 | 25 | r73l | παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν | 1 | tell you plainly about the Father | “tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.” | |
| 1184 | JHN | 16 | 25 | bq3q | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρὸς | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1185 | JHN | 16 | 26 | vf63 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε | 1 | you will ask in my name | Here, **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1186 | JHN | 16 | 26 | cy76 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατέρα | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1187 | JHN | 16 | 27 | scs2 | αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε | 1 | the Father himself loves you because you have loved me | When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one. | |
| 1188 | JHN | 16 | 27 | b49q | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον | 1 | I came from the Father | Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1189 | JHN | 16 | 28 | xn2v | ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father | After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father. | |
| 1190 | JHN | 16 | 28 | wyz7 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα | 1 | I came from the Father…going to the Father | Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1191 | JHN | 16 | 28 | l3zb | figs-metonymy | κόσμον | 1 | world | The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1192 | JHN | 16 | 29 | h725 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The disciples respond to Jesus. | ||
| 1193 | JHN | 16 | 31 | c8cu | figs-rquestion | ἄρτι πιστεύετε | 1 | Do you believe now? | This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1194 | JHN | 16 | 32 | kcb1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus continues speaking to his disciples. | ||
| 1195 | JHN | 16 | 32 | yza2 | figs-activepassive | σκορπισθῆτε | 1 | you will be scattered | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1196 | JHN | 16 | 32 | k3br | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν | 1 | the Father is with me | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1197 | JHN | 16 | 33 | k6d6 | figs-explicit | ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε | 1 | so that you will have peace in me | Here, **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1198 | JHN | 16 | 33 | z7wj | figs-metonymy | ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον | 1 | I have conquered the world | Here, **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1199 | JHN | 17 | intro | nb2a | 0 | # John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy. | |||
| 1200 | JHN | 17 | 1 | uf8z | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God. | ||
| 1201 | JHN | 17 | 1 | b4pj | figs-idiom | ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | he lifted up his eyes to the heavens | This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1202 | JHN | 17 | 1 | k7tb | οὐρανὸν | 1 | heavens | This refers to the sky. | |
| 1203 | JHN | 17 | 1 | n15x | Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ | 1 | Father…glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you | Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God. | |
| 1204 | JHN | 17 | 1 | l8sa | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ…Υἱὸς | 1 | Father…Son | These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1205 | JHN | 17 | 1 | jup7 | figs-metonymy | ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα | 1 | the hour has come | Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1206 | JHN | 17 | 2 | vbt4 | πάσης σαρκός | 1 | all flesh | This refers to all people. | |
| 1207 | JHN | 17 | 3 | tx6m | αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν | 1 | This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ | Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son. | |
| 1208 | JHN | 17 | 4 | h4hu | figs-metonymy | τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω | 1 | the work that you have given me to do | Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1209 | JHN | 17 | 5 | k9ra | figs-explicit | δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί | 1 | Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made | Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1210 | JHN | 17 | 5 | g8at | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1211 | JHN | 17 | 6 | s4p3 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus begins to pray for his disciples. | ||
| 1212 | JHN | 17 | 6 | vbn8 | figs-metonymy | ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα | 1 | I revealed your name | Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1213 | JHN | 17 | 6 | hn8z | figs-metonymy | ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | from the world | Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1214 | JHN | 17 | 6 | u8lc | figs-idiom | τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν | 1 | kept your word | This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1215 | JHN | 17 | 9 | ndb1 | figs-metonymy | οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ | 1 | I do not pray for the world | Here the word **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1216 | JHN | 17 | 11 | bk2h | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | in the world | This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1217 | JHN | 17 | 11 | a7un | Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς | 1 | Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one | Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God. | |
| 1218 | JHN | 17 | 11 | kp1d | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1219 | JHN | 17 | 11 | yq9z | figs-metonymy | τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι | 1 | keep them in your name that you have given me | Here the word **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1220 | JHN | 17 | 12 | s5kw | figs-metonymy | ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου | 1 | I kept them in your name | Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1221 | JHN | 17 | 12 | a4s8 | οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας | 1 | not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction | “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction” | |
| 1222 | JHN | 17 | 12 | az2m | figs-explicit | ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας | 1 | the son of destruction | This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1223 | JHN | 17 | 12 | blz4 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ | 1 | so that the scriptures would be fulfilled | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1224 | JHN | 17 | 13 | p71q | figs-metonymy | τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | the world | These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1225 | JHN | 17 | 13 | jp4v | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς | 1 | so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1226 | JHN | 17 | 14 | bc1y | ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου | 1 | I have given them your word | “I have spoken your message to them” | |
| 1227 | JHN | 17 | 14 | qf43 | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world | Here, **the “world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1228 | JHN | 17 | 15 | hg22 | figs-metonymy | τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | the world | In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1229 | JHN | 17 | 15 | s3vp | figs-explicit | τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ | 1 | keep them from the evil one | This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1230 | JHN | 17 | 17 | y53e | figs-explicit | ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ | 1 | Set them apart by the truth | The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1231 | JHN | 17 | 17 | y5qx | ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν | 1 | Your word is truth | “Your message is true” or “What you say is true” | |
| 1232 | JHN | 17 | 18 | bh1a | figs-metonymy | εἰς τὸν κόσμον | 1 | into the world | Here into **the world** is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1233 | JHN | 17 | 19 | z4z8 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ | 1 | so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1234 | JHN | 17 | 20 | n7mp | τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ | 1 | those who will believe in me through their word | “those who will believe in me because they teach about me” | |
| 1235 | JHN | 17 | 21 | s8a1 | πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν | 1 | they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us | Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe. | |
| 1236 | JHN | 17 | 21 | yt2w | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1237 | JHN | 17 | 21 | nef9 | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος | 1 | the world | Here the **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1238 | JHN | 17 | 22 | p4mj | κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς | 1 | The glory that you gave me, I have given to them | “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me” | |
| 1239 | JHN | 17 | 22 | wwu9 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν | 1 | so that they will be one, just as we are one | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1240 | JHN | 17 | 23 | fld5 | ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν | 1 | that they may be brought to complete unity | “that they may be completely united” | |
| 1241 | JHN | 17 | 23 | s7ph | figs-metonymy | ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος | 1 | that the world will know | Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1242 | JHN | 17 | 23 | rw4u | ἠγάπησας | 1 | loved | This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1243 | JHN | 17 | 24 | da83 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1244 | JHN | 17 | 24 | xh1a | figs-explicit | ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ | 1 | where I am | Here, **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1245 | JHN | 17 | 24 | hz83 | θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν | 1 | to see my glory | “to see my greatness” | |
| 1246 | JHN | 17 | 24 | fiv7 | figs-explicit | πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου | 1 | before the creation of the world | Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1247 | JHN | 17 | 25 | cj69 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Jesus finishes his prayer. | ||
| 1248 | JHN | 17 | 25 | ur9j | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ δίκαιε | 1 | Righteous Father | Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1249 | JHN | 17 | 25 | xpf5 | figs-metonymy | ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω | 1 | the world did not know you | The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1250 | JHN | 17 | 26 | xpi3 | figs-metonymy | ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | I made your name known to them | The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1251 | JHN | 17 | 26 | gk2j | ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς | 1 | love…loved | This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1252 | JHN | 18 | intro | ltl2 | 0 | # John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |||
| 1253 | JHN | 18 | 1 | sq3t | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1254 | JHN | 18 | 1 | cxz8 | writing-newevent | ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς | 1 | After Jesus spoke these words | The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 1255 | JHN | 18 | 1 | z9bw | translate-names | Κεδρὼν | 1 | Kidron Valley | a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1256 | JHN | 18 | 1 | w3zx | figs-explicit | ὅπου ἦν κῆπος | 1 | where there was a garden | This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1257 | JHN | 18 | 4 | k71q | 0 | General Information: | Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees. | ||
| 1258 | JHN | 18 | 4 | sh2u | Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν | 1 | Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him | “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him” | |
| 1259 | JHN | 18 | 5 | vg2d | Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον | 1 | Jesus of Nazareth | “Jesus, the man from Nazareth” | |
| 1260 | JHN | 18 | 5 | fd9y | figs-explicit | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | I am | The word **he** is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1261 | JHN | 18 | 5 | g4hx | ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν | 1 | who betrayed him | “who handed him over” | |
| 1262 | JHN | 18 | 6 | b8tl | figs-explicit | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | I am | Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1263 | JHN | 18 | 6 | w38n | figs-explicit | ἔπεσαν χαμαί | 1 | fell to the ground | The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1264 | JHN | 18 | 7 | uf85 | Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον | 1 | Jesus of Nazareth | “Jesus, the man from Nazareth” | |
| 1265 | JHN | 18 | 8 | l8as | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1266 | JHN | 18 | 8 | ui8z | figs-explicit | ἐγώ εἰμι | 1 | I am | Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1267 | JHN | 18 | 9 | bjp9 | figs-explicit | ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν | 1 | This was in order to fulfill the word that he said | Here, **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1268 | JHN | 18 | 10 | fe37 | translate-names | Μάλχος | 1 | Malchus | Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1269 | JHN | 18 | 11 | u2s9 | θήκην | 1 | sheath | the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner | |
| 1270 | JHN | 18 | 11 | ghz6 | figs-rquestion | τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό | 1 | Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1271 | JHN | 18 | 11 | m4f3 | figs-metaphor | τὸ ποτήριον | 1 | the cup | Here, **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1272 | JHN | 18 | 11 | cjx7 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1273 | JHN | 18 | 12 | wxb6 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1274 | JHN | 18 | 12 | cl3f | figs-synecdoche | τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | the Jews | Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1275 | JHN | 18 | 12 | i6bz | figs-explicit | συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν | 1 | seized Jesus and tied him up | The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1276 | JHN | 18 | 15 | hch7 | figs-activepassive | ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1277 | JHN | 18 | 16 | utf4 | figs-activepassive | οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως | 1 | So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1278 | JHN | 18 | 17 | r82l | figs-rquestion | μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου | 1 | Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? | This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1279 | JHN | 18 | 18 | bbe9 | figs-explicit | ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο | 1 | Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves | These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1280 | JHN | 18 | 18 | hbw6 | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1281 | JHN | 18 | 19 | ppt2 | 0 | General Information: | Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. | ||
| 1282 | JHN | 18 | 19 | e8h3 | ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς | 1 | The high priest | This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)). | |
| 1283 | JHN | 18 | 19 | y6gn | figs-explicit | περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | about his disciples and his teaching | Here, **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1284 | JHN | 18 | 20 | h2kj | figs-explicit | ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ | 1 | I have spoken openly to the world | You may need to make explicit that the word **world** is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration **the world** emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 1285 | JHN | 18 | 20 | vcv3 | figs-hyperbole | ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται | 1 | where all the Jews come together | Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 1286 | JHN | 18 | 21 | dlu6 | figs-rquestion | τί με ἐρωτᾷς | 1 | Why did you ask me? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1287 | JHN | 18 | 22 | szv3 | figs-rquestion | οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ | 1 | Is that how you answer the high priest? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1288 | JHN | 18 | 23 | d76y | μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ | 1 | testify about the wrong | “tell me what I said that was wrong” | |
| 1289 | JHN | 18 | 23 | r8dy | figs-rquestion | εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις | 1 | if rightly, why do you hit me? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1290 | JHN | 18 | 25 | jr1c | 0 | General Information: | Here the story line shifts back to Peter. | ||
| 1291 | JHN | 18 | 25 | ki76 | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1292 | JHN | 18 | 25 | l2bj | figs-rquestion | μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ | 1 | Are you not also one of his disciples? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1293 | JHN | 18 | 26 | x6s3 | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Did I not see you in the garden with him? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1294 | JHN | 18 | 27 | msy6 | figs-explicit | πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος | 1 | Peter then denied again | Here it is implied that **Peter** **denied** knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1295 | JHN | 18 | 27 | jww8 | figs-explicit | εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν | 1 | immediately the rooster crowed | Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the **rooster crowed**. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1296 | JHN | 18 | 28 | a6e7 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1297 | JHN | 18 | 28 | ija7 | figs-explicit | ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα | 1 | Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas | Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1298 | JHN | 18 | 28 | h3vx | figs-explicit | αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν | 1 | they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled | Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1299 | JHN | 18 | 30 | gj5s | figs-doublenegatives | εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν | 1 | If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you | You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1300 | JHN | 18 | 30 | j9w3 | παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν | 1 | given him over | This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. | |
| 1301 | JHN | 18 | 31 | s3l4 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1302 | JHN | 18 | 31 | ln9s | figs-synecdoche | εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | The Jews said to him | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1303 | JHN | 18 | 31 | ph54 | figs-explicit | ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα | 1 | It is not lawful for us to put any man to death | According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1304 | JHN | 18 | 32 | ta7m | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ | 1 | so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1305 | JHN | 18 | 32 | tu3c | σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν | 1 | to indicate by what kind of death he would die | “regarding how he would die” | |
| 1306 | JHN | 18 | 35 | kfq5 | figs-rquestion | μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι | 1 | I am not a Jew, am I? | This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1307 | JHN | 18 | 35 | en38 | τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν | 1 | Your own people | “Your fellow Jews” | |
| 1308 | JHN | 18 | 36 | gq19 | figs-metonymy | ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου | 1 | My kingdom is not of this world | Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1309 | JHN | 18 | 36 | s2lq | figs-activepassive | ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | so that I would not be given over to the Jews | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1310 | JHN | 18 | 36 | pu8j | figs-synecdoche | τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1311 | JHN | 18 | 37 | ug7i | figs-synecdoche | ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον | 1 | I have come into the world | Here, **world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1312 | JHN | 18 | 37 | gl3k | figs-explicit | μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ | 1 | bear witness to the truth | Here, **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1313 | JHN | 18 | 37 | ltn9 | figs-idiom | ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας | 1 | who belongs to the truth | This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1314 | JHN | 18 | 37 | fa97 | figs-synecdoche | μου τῆς φωνῆς | 1 | my voice | Here, **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1315 | JHN | 18 | 38 | zbm5 | figs-rquestion | τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια | 1 | What is truth? | This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1316 | JHN | 18 | 38 | rma7 | figs-synecdoche | τοὺς Ἰουδαίους | 1 | the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1317 | JHN | 18 | 40 | a7pl | figs-ellipsis | μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν | 1 | Not this man, but Barabbas | This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1318 | JHN | 18 | 40 | h11k | writing-background | ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής | 1 | Now Barabbas was a robber | Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1319 | JHN | 19 | intro | u96u | 0 | # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters. | |||
| 1320 | JHN | 19 | 1 | u3gi | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews. | ||
| 1321 | JHN | 19 | 1 | yay2 | figs-synecdoche | τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν | 1 | Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him | Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1322 | JHN | 19 | 3 | u4vw | figs-irony | χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | Hail, King of the Jews | The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) |
| 1323 | JHN | 19 | 4 | c6v2 | figs-explicit | αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω | 1 | I find no guilt in him | Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1324 | JHN | 19 | 5 | t9wn | τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον | 1 | crown of thorns…purple garment | The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md). | |
| 1325 | JHN | 19 | 7 | x7bg | figs-synecdoche | ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | The Jews answered him | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1326 | JHN | 19 | 7 | vr7p | ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν | 1 | he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God | Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.” | |
| 1327 | JHN | 19 | 7 | xt93 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸν Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1328 | JHN | 19 | 10 | wcm8 | figs-rquestion | ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς | 1 | Are you not speaking to me? | This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1329 | JHN | 19 | 10 | iap3 | figs-rquestion | οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε | 1 | Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? | This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1330 | JHN | 19 | 10 | t82v | figs-metonymy | ἐξουσίαν | 1 | power | Here, **power** is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1331 | JHN | 19 | 11 | x2as | figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν | 1 | You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above | You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1332 | JHN | 19 | 11 | arc9 | ἄνωθεν | 1 | from above | This is a respectful way of referring to God. | |
| 1333 | JHN | 19 | 11 | vc79 | παραδούς μέ | 1 | gave me over | This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. | |
| 1334 | JHN | 19 | 12 | a39p | figs-explicit | ἐκ τούτου | 1 | At this answer | Here, **this answer** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1335 | JHN | 19 | 12 | r8va | figs-explicit | ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν | 1 | Pilate tried to release him | The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1336 | JHN | 19 | 12 | q1vq | figs-synecdoche | οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν | 1 | but the Jews cried out | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1337 | JHN | 19 | 12 | g9xj | οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος | 1 | you are not a friend of Caesar | “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor” | |
| 1338 | JHN | 19 | 12 | bhl3 | βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν | 1 | makes himself a king | “claims that he is a king” | |
| 1339 | JHN | 19 | 13 | xr6b | figs-synecdoche | ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν | 1 | he brought Jesus out | Here, **he** refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1340 | JHN | 19 | 13 | fk5k | ἐκάθισεν | 1 | sat down | Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up. | |
| 1341 | JHN | 19 | 13 | qhu4 | ἐπὶ βήματος | 1 | in the judgment seat | This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here. | |
| 1342 | JHN | 19 | 13 | g8h4 | figs-activepassive | εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ | 1 | in a place called “The Pavement,” but | This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1343 | JHN | 19 | 13 | ev3i | Ἑβραϊστὶ | 1 | Hebrew | This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke. | |
| 1344 | JHN | 19 | 14 | cus1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus. | ||
| 1345 | JHN | 19 | 14 | t5qt | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1346 | JHN | 19 | 14 | en2i | ὥρα…ἕκτη | 1 | the sixth hour | “about noontime” | |
| 1347 | JHN | 19 | 14 | lc5y | figs-synecdoche | λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | Pilate said to the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1348 | JHN | 19 | 15 | tlj2 | figs-synecdoche | τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω | 1 | Should I crucify your King? | Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1349 | JHN | 19 | 16 | t3yb | figs-explicit | τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ | 1 | Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified | Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1350 | JHN | 19 | 17 | qv6j | figs-activepassive | εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον | 1 | to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1351 | JHN | 19 | 17 | d88m | ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ | 1 | which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” | Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’” | |
| 1352 | JHN | 19 | 18 | fb84 | figs-ellipsis | μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο | 1 | with him two other men | This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1353 | JHN | 19 | 19 | cx5s | figs-synecdoche | ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ | 1 | Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross | Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1354 | JHN | 19 | 19 | gk8e | figs-activepassive | ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. | 1 | There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1355 | JHN | 19 | 20 | ke3t | figs-activepassive | ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | the place where Jesus was crucified | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1356 | JHN | 19 | 20 | mgb7 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί | 1 | The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1357 | JHN | 19 | 20 | w41e | Ῥωμαϊστί | 1 | Latin | This was the language of the Roman government. | |
| 1358 | JHN | 19 | 21 | qk7w | figs-explicit | ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate | The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “The chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1359 | JHN | 19 | 22 | sus9 | figs-explicit | ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα | 1 | What I have written I have written | Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1360 | JHN | 19 | 23 | lis8 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1361 | JHN | 19 | 23 | s74c | figs-explicit | καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα | 1 | also the tunic | “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1362 | JHN | 19 | 24 | ks7m | figs-explicit | λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται | 1 | let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be | The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1363 | JHN | 19 | 24 | j1f9 | ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα | 1 | so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said” | |
| 1364 | JHN | 19 | 24 | lqy3 | λάχωμεν | 1 | cast lots | This was how the soldiers divided Jesus’ clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: “they gambled” | |
| 1365 | JHN | 19 | 26 | gkf1 | τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα | 1 | the disciple whom he loved | This is John, the writer of this Gospel. | |
| 1366 | JHN | 19 | 26 | t7tc | figs-metaphor | γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου | 1 | Woman, see, your son | Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1367 | JHN | 19 | 27 | qc7d | figs-metaphor | ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου | 1 | See, your mother | Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1368 | JHN | 19 | 27 | q615 | ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας | 1 | From that hour | “From that very moment” | |
| 1369 | JHN | 19 | 28 | crd3 | figs-activepassive | εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται | 1 | knowing that everything was now completed | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1370 | JHN | 19 | 29 | x1cy | figs-activepassive | σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν | 1 | A container full of sour wine was placed there | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1371 | JHN | 19 | 29 | g9vg | ὄξους | 1 | sour wine | “bitter wine” | |
| 1372 | JHN | 19 | 29 | drr1 | περιθέντες | 1 | they put | Here, **they** refers to the Roman guards. | |
| 1373 | JHN | 19 | 29 | y2eg | σπόγγον | 1 | a sponge | a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid | |
| 1374 | JHN | 19 | 29 | mg3t | ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες | 1 | on a hyssop staff | “on a branch of a plant called hyssop” | |
| 1375 | JHN | 19 | 30 | vz56 | figs-explicit | κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα | 1 | He bowed his head and gave up his spirit | John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1376 | JHN | 19 | 31 | zuk9 | figs-synecdoche | οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1377 | JHN | 19 | 31 | c49h | παρασκευὴ | 1 | day of preparation | This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover. | |
| 1378 | JHN | 19 | 31 | f96h | figs-activepassive | ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν | 1 | to break their legs and to remove them | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1379 | JHN | 19 | 32 | q2yq | figs-activepassive | τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ | 1 | who had been crucified with Jesus | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1380 | JHN | 19 | 35 | p17b | writing-background | ὁ ἑωρακὼς | 1 | The one who saw this | This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1381 | JHN | 19 | 35 | fl82 | figs-explicit | μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία | 1 | has testified, and his testimony is true | To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1382 | JHN | 19 | 35 | c9q7 | figs-explicit | ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε | 1 | so that you would also believe | Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1383 | JHN | 19 | 36 | wid6 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1384 | JHN | 19 | 36 | qwl5 | figs-activepassive | ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ | 1 | in order to fulfill scripture | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1385 | JHN | 19 | 36 | b1kx | figs-activepassive | ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ | 1 | Not one of his bones will be broken | This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1386 | JHN | 19 | 37 | h4kq | ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν | 1 | They will look at him whom they pierced | This is a quotation from Zechariah 12. | |
| 1387 | JHN | 19 | 38 | d3hz | translate-names | Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας | 1 | Joseph of Arimathea | Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1388 | JHN | 19 | 38 | h7ra | figs-synecdoche | διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | for fear of the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 1389 | JHN | 19 | 38 | t22g | figs-explicit | ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | if he could take away the body of Jesus | John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1390 | JHN | 19 | 39 | mjy8 | Νικόδημος | 1 | Nicodemus | Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md). | |
| 1391 | JHN | 19 | 39 | d3d2 | σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης | 1 | myrrh and aloes | These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial. | |
| 1392 | JHN | 19 | 39 | xks9 | translate-bweight | ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν | 1 | about one hundred litras in weight | You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) |
| 1393 | JHN | 19 | 39 | nmr8 | translate-numbers | ἑκατόν | 1 | one hundred | “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 1394 | JHN | 19 | 41 | fb25 | writing-background | ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος | 1 | Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden…had yet been buried | Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1395 | JHN | 19 | 41 | uib1 | figs-activepassive | ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος | 1 | Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1396 | JHN | 19 | 41 | qd1a | figs-activepassive | ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος | 1 | in which no person had yet been buried | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1397 | JHN | 19 | 42 | nr4r | figs-explicit | διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews | According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1398 | JHN | 20 | intro | nm1y | 0 | # John 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md)) | |||
| 1399 | JHN | 20 | 1 | k5pq | 0 | General Information: | This is the third day after Jesus was buried. | ||
| 1400 | JHN | 20 | 1 | a8vl | μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων | 1 | first day of the week | “Sunday” | |
| 1401 | JHN | 20 | 1 | bdw5 | figs-activepassive | βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον | 1 | she saw the stone rolled away | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1402 | JHN | 20 | 2 | g2rn | μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | disciple whom Jesus loved | This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word **love** refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. | |
| 1403 | JHN | 20 | 2 | xd3w | figs-explicit | ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου | 1 | They took away the Lord out from the tomb | Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1404 | JHN | 20 | 3 | d6g3 | ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής | 1 | the other disciple | John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as **the other disciple**, rather than including his name. | |
| 1405 | JHN | 20 | 3 | p6ex | figs-explicit | ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | went out | John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1406 | JHN | 20 | 5 | m9qn | ὀθόνια | 1 | linen cloths | These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. | |
| 1407 | JHN | 20 | 6 | ys3b | ὀθόνια | 1 | linen cloths | These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md). | |
| 1408 | JHN | 20 | 7 | qt5a | figs-activepassive | σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | cloth that had been on his head | Here, **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1409 | JHN | 20 | 7 | yc78 | figs-activepassive | ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον | 1 | but was folded up in a place by itself | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1410 | JHN | 20 | 8 | vl84 | ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς | 1 | the other disciple | John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book. | |
| 1411 | JHN | 20 | 8 | ww3z | figs-explicit | εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν | 1 | he saw and believed | When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1412 | JHN | 20 | 9 | ms3s | figs-explicit | οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν | 1 | they still did not know the scripture | Here the word **they** refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1413 | JHN | 20 | 9 | u5q9 | ἀναστῆναι | 1 | rise | become alive again | |
| 1414 | JHN | 20 | 9 | p651 | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. | |
| 1415 | JHN | 20 | 10 | p5um | figs-explicit | ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς | 1 | went back home again | The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1416 | JHN | 20 | 12 | p9aw | figs-explicit | θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς | 1 | She saw two angels in white | The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: “She saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1417 | JHN | 20 | 13 | v5uj | λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι | 1 | They said to her | “They asked her” | |
| 1418 | JHN | 20 | 13 | hmx8 | ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου | 1 | Because they took away my Lord | “Because they took away the body of my Lord” | |
| 1419 | JHN | 20 | 13 | aq3x | οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν | 1 | I do not know where they have put him | “I do not know where they have put it” | |
| 1420 | JHN | 20 | 15 | le9x | λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus said to her | “Jesus asked her” | |
| 1421 | JHN | 20 | 15 | ml7c | figs-explicit | κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν | 1 | Sir, if you have taken him away | Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1422 | JHN | 20 | 15 | z97i | εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν | 1 | tell me where you have put him | “tell me where you have put it” | |
| 1423 | JHN | 20 | 15 | a5z2 | figs-explicit | κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ | 1 | I will take him away | Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1424 | JHN | 20 | 16 | k468 | Ραββουνεί | 1 | Rabboni | The word **Rabboni** means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke. | |
| 1425 | JHN | 20 | 17 | whh9 | τοὺς ἀδελφούς | 1 | brothers | Jesus used the word **brothers** to refer to his disciples. | |
| 1426 | JHN | 20 | 17 | xbr1 | figs-explicit | ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν | 1 | I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God | Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1427 | JHN | 20 | 17 | q3x5 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν | 1 | my Father and your Father | These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1428 | JHN | 20 | 18 | m6xn | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς | 1 | Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples | Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1429 | JHN | 20 | 19 | m5nt | 0 | General Information: | It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples. | ||
| 1430 | JHN | 20 | 19 | qj6n | ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων | 1 | that day, the first day of the week | This refers to Sunday. | |
| 1431 | JHN | 20 | 19 | e7cb | figs-activepassive | τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ | 1 | the doors of where the disciples were, were closed | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1432 | JHN | 20 | 19 | g8bu | figs-explicit | διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | for fear of the Jews | Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1433 | JHN | 20 | 19 | zj7j | εἰρήνη ὑμῖν | 1 | Peace to you | This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . | |
| 1434 | JHN | 20 | 20 | bk9f | figs-explicit | ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he showed them his hands and his side | Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1435 | JHN | 20 | 21 | ylp8 | εἰρήνη ὑμῖν | 1 | Peace to you | This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . | |
| 1436 | JHN | 20 | 21 | env3 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατήρ | 1 | Father | This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1437 | JHN | 20 | 23 | a9j7 | figs-activepassive | ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς | 1 | they are forgiven | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1438 | JHN | 20 | 23 | lb7g | ἄν τινων κρατῆτε | 1 | whoever’s sins you keep back | “If you do not forgive another’s sins” | |
| 1439 | JHN | 20 | 23 | mw5s | figs-activepassive | κεκράτηνται | 1 | they are kept back | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1440 | JHN | 20 | 24 | x8jz | translate-names | Δίδυμος | 1 | Didymus | This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1441 | JHN | 20 | 25 | n8vc | ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί | 1 | disciples later said to him | The word **him** refers to Thomas. | |
| 1442 | JHN | 20 | 25 | i7ex | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω | 1 | Unless I see…his side, I will not believe | You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1443 | JHN | 20 | 25 | ss17 | ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ | 1 | in his hands…into his side | The word **his** refers to Jesus. | |
| 1444 | JHN | 20 | 26 | vzm5 | οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | his disciples | The word **his** refers to Jesus. | |
| 1445 | JHN | 20 | 26 | r3iz | figs-activepassive | τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων | 1 | while the doors were closed | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1446 | JHN | 20 | 26 | m5tl | εἰρήνη ὑμῖν | 1 | Peace to you | This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . | |
| 1447 | JHN | 20 | 27 | ncc3 | figs-doublenegatives | μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός | 1 | Do not be unbelieving, but believe | Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 1448 | JHN | 20 | 27 | n4pi | figs-explicit | πιστός | 1 | believe | Here, **believe** means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1449 | JHN | 20 | 29 | q81m | figs-explicit | πεπίστευκας | 1 | you have believed | Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1450 | JHN | 20 | 29 | zgv1 | μακάριοι οἱ | 1 | Blessed are those | This means “God gives great happiness to those.” | |
| 1451 | JHN | 20 | 29 | q9fb | figs-explicit | μὴ ἰδόντες | 1 | who have not seen | This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1452 | JHN | 20 | 30 | yd1j | writing-endofstory | 0 | General Information: | As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 1453 | JHN | 20 | 30 | yrl9 | σημεῖα | 1 | signs | The word **signs** refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe. | |
| 1454 | JHN | 20 | 30 | xz6j | figs-activepassive | ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ | 1 | signs that have not been written in this book | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1455 | JHN | 20 | 31 | am9l | figs-activepassive | ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται | 1 | but these have been written | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1456 | JHN | 20 | 31 | p5k4 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
| 1457 | JHN | 20 | 31 | uem2 | figs-metonymy | ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | life in his name | Here, **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 1458 | JHN | 20 | 31 | ip1i | ζωὴν | 1 | life | This refers to spiritual life. | |
| 1459 | JHN | 21 | intro | e1bg | 0 | # John 21 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
| 1460 | JHN | 21 | 1 | et5h | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1461 | JHN | 21 | 1 | yj6k | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | After these things | “Some time later” | |
| 1462 | JHN | 21 | 2 | b421 | figs-activepassive | ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος | 1 | with Thomas called Didymus | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1463 | JHN | 21 | 2 | m4gx | translate-names | Δίδυμος | 1 | Didymus | This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 1464 | JHN | 21 | 5 | wgd7 | παιδία | 1 | Young men | This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.” | |
| 1465 | JHN | 21 | 6 | l2jd | figs-explicit | εὑρήσετε | 1 | you will find some | Here, **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1466 | JHN | 21 | 6 | p8he | αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι | 1 | draw it in | “pull the net in” | |
| 1467 | JHN | 21 | 7 | u5c3 | ἠγάπα | 1 | loved | This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1468 | JHN | 21 | 7 | h3p4 | τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο | 1 | he tied up his outer garment | “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic” | |
| 1469 | JHN | 21 | 7 | eve2 | writing-background | ἦν γὰρ γυμνός | 1 | for he was undressed | This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1470 | JHN | 21 | 7 | ab4d | figs-explicit | ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | threw himself into the sea | Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1471 | JHN | 21 | 7 | k449 | figs-idiom | ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν | 1 | threw himself | This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 1472 | JHN | 21 | 8 | wrd3 | writing-background | οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων | 1 | for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off | This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1473 | JHN | 21 | 8 | c1j8 | translate-bdistance | πηχῶν διακοσίων | 1 | two hundred cubits | “90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 1474 | JHN | 21 | 11 | f7mi | figs-explicit | ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος | 1 | Simon Peter then went up | Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1475 | JHN | 21 | 11 | fbz7 | εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν | 1 | drew the net to land | “pulled the net to the shore” | |
| 1476 | JHN | 21 | 11 | azy5 | figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον | 1 | the net was not torn | You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1477 | JHN | 21 | 11 | m8i7 | translate-numbers | μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων | 1 | full of large fish | “full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 1478 | JHN | 21 | 12 | za5g | ἀριστήσατε | 1 | breakfast | the morning meal | |
| 1479 | JHN | 21 | 14 | tp3i | translate-ordinal | τρίτον | 1 | the third time | You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 1480 | JHN | 21 | 15 | m1bh | 0 | General Information: | Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter. | ||
| 1481 | JHN | 21 | 15 | t1uj | ἀγαπᾷς με | 1 | do you love me | Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. | |
| 1482 | JHN | 21 | 15 | l4h1 | σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε | 1 | you know that I love you | When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. | |
| 1483 | JHN | 21 | 15 | qja3 | figs-metaphor | βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου | 1 | Feed my lambs | Here, **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1484 | JHN | 21 | 16 | szk8 | ἀγαπᾷς με | 1 | do you love me | Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. | |
| 1485 | JHN | 21 | 16 | vk16 | figs-metaphor | ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου | 1 | Take care of my sheep | Here, **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1486 | JHN | 21 | 17 | fj84 | translate-ordinal | λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον | 1 | He said to him a third time | The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Here, **a third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 1487 | JHN | 21 | 17 | kz3h | φιλεῖς με | 1 | do you love me | This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. | |
| 1488 | JHN | 21 | 17 | p8aa | figs-metaphor | βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου | 1 | Feed my sheep | Here, **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1489 | JHN | 21 | 18 | sqb7 | ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν | 1 | Truly, truly | See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). | |
| 1490 | JHN | 21 | 19 | ys3m | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 1491 | JHN | 21 | 19 | hf2r | figs-explicit | σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν | 1 | to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God | Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1492 | JHN | 21 | 19 | k8z1 | figs-explicit | ἀκολούθει μοι | 1 | Follow me | Here the word **follow** means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1493 | JHN | 21 | 20 | wzm9 | τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | the disciple whom Jesus loved | John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name. | |
| 1494 | JHN | 21 | 20 | ikd4 | ἠγάπα | 1 | loved | This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. | |
| 1495 | JHN | 21 | 20 | ys31 | ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ | 1 | at the dinner | This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)). | |
| 1496 | JHN | 21 | 21 | u5rr | τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος | 1 | Peter saw him | Here, **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.” | |
| 1497 | JHN | 21 | 21 | cf5h | figs-explicit | Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί | 1 | Lord, what will this man do? | Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1498 | JHN | 21 | 22 | yc52 | λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Jesus said to him | “Jesus said to Peter” | |
| 1499 | JHN | 21 | 22 | e3xi | ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν | 1 | If I want him to stay | Here, **him** refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). | |
| 1500 | JHN | 21 | 22 | tef8 | ἔρχομαι | 1 | I come | This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven. | |
| 1501 | JHN | 21 | 22 | tf23 | figs-rquestion | τί πρὸς σέ | 1 | what is that to you? | This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 1502 | JHN | 21 | 23 | c2cr | εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | among the brothers | Here, **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus. | |
| 1503 | JHN | 21 | 24 | s5bp | writing-endofstory | 0 | General Information: | This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 1504 | JHN | 21 | 24 | d6t5 | ὁ μαθητὴς | 1 | the disciple | “the disciple John” | |
| 1505 | JHN | 21 | 24 | f7ww | figs-explicit | ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων | 1 | who testifies about these things | Here, **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1506 | JHN | 21 | 24 | h5i9 | figs-explicit | οἴδαμεν | 1 | we know | Here, **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 1507 | JHN | 21 | 25 | l3hz | figs-activepassive | ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν | 1 | If each one were written down | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1508 | JHN | 21 | 25 | i9n8 | figs-hyperbole | οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία | 1 | even the world itself could not contain the books | John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 1509 | JHN | 21 | 25 | xn87 | figs-activepassive | τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία | 1 | the books that would be written | You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |